environmental and social management framework for ... · in 2015, seychelles was the african...
TRANSCRIPT
THIRD SOUTH WEST INDIAN OCEAN FISHERIES GOVERNANCE AND
SHARED GROWTH PROJECT (SWIOFish3)
Environmental and Social Management
Framework for SWIOFish3 Project
February 2017
CONTENTS
Page
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ............................................................................................................. i
1.0 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 1
2.0 SWIOFish3 PROJECT......................................................................................................... 2 2.1 Background ...................................................................................................................... 2 2.3 Components ...................................................................................................................... 3 2.4 Project Cost and Financing .............................................................................................. 6 2.5 Institutional and Implementation Arrangements for SWIOFish3 .................................... 6
3.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SEYCHELLES ............ 8 3.1 Country and Sectoral Context .......................................................................................... 8 3.2 Geographic Location ...................................................................................................... 10 3.3 Physical Characteristics.................................................................................................. 11 3.4 Coastal and Marine Ecosystems ..................................................................................... 12 3.5 Protected Areas .............................................................................................................. 16 3.6 Marine Fauna.................................................................................................................. 17 3.7 Fish Resources................................................................................................................ 18 3.8 Socioeconomic Characteristics ...................................................................................... 19
4.0 LEGAL, INSTITUTIONAL AND POLICY FRAMEWORK .......................................... 23 4.1 ESIA Process .................................................................................................................. 23 4.2 Protected Areas .............................................................................................................. 24 4.3 Fisheries ......................................................................................................................... 27 4.4 Blue Economy ................................................................................................................ 29
5.0 APPLICABLE WORLD BANK SAFEGUARDS POLICIES.......................................... 31
6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK (ESMF) ......... 33 6.1 Sub-Project Activities and Possible Sub-Projects Types that Raise Environmental .......
and Social Concerns ....................................................................................................... 33 6.2 Structure of ESMF ......................................................................................................... 38 6.3 Environmental and Social Screening ............................................................................. 38 6.4 Environmental and Social Scoping ................................................................................ 42 6.5 Execution of Environmental and Social Studies ............................................................ 45 6.6 Incorporation of Environmental and Social Sustainability into Sub-Project ....................
Procurement Process ...................................................................................................... 45 6.7 Environmental and Social Compliance Oversight ......................................................... 46 6.8 Project Management and ESMF Implementation Arrangements .................................. 47 6.10 Budget Considerations ................................................................................................... 52
REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................. 54
ANNEXES
I Potential Positive Environmental and Social Impacts of SWIOFish3 Project, and Generic
Potential Environmental and Social Impacts and Risks of Aquaculture and Fisheries Sub-
Projects, and Mitigation Measures
II Documents Containing More Detailed SWIOFish3 Project Activities and Possible
Sub-Projects
III Environmental and Social Screening Tools Form
IV Environmental and Social Scoping Form
V TOR for ESIA
VI TOR for Contractor’s Site-Specific ESMP and Site-Specific HSMP
VII Due Diligence Checklist for ESIA Report
VIII ESHS Criteria for Evaluation of Bid Proposals
IX ESHS Conditions of Particular Application
X ESHS Technical Specifications for Construction
XI Environmental and Social Compliance Report
XII EIA Process in Seychelles
ACRONYMS
BIF Blue Investment Fund
CBO Community-Based Organization
DBS Development Bank of Seychelles
EAPS Environmental Assessment and Permit Section
EEZ Exclusive Economic Zone
ESHS Environmental, Social, Health and Safety
ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment
ESMF Environmental and Social Management Framework
ESMP Environmental and Social Management Plan
FAO Food and Agriculture Organization
FPIC Free, Prior and Informed Consultation
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GEF Global Environment Facility
GRM Grievance Redress Mechanism
HSMP Health and Safety Management Plan
IBRD International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
IPHS Ile du Port Handling Services
LRP Livelihood Restoration Program
MAF Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries
MEECC Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change
MFTEP Ministry of Finance, Trade and Economic Planning
MPA Marine Protected Area
NBSAP National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan 2015-2020
NGO Non-Governmental Organization
OP Operational Policy
PAN Protected Area Network
PAP Project Affected Person
PIU Project Implementation Unit
PF Process Framework
SeyCCAT Seychelles Conservation and Climate Adaptation Trust
SS-ESMP Site-Specific Environmental and Social Management Plan
SS-HSMP Site-Specific Health and Safety Management Plan
SWIOFC South West Indian Ocean Fisheries Commission
SWIOFish3 Third South West Indian Ocean Fisheries Governance and Shared Growth Project
TOR Terms of Reference
UN United Nations
UNDP United Nations Development Program
WB World Bank
i
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This document develops the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for the
Third South West Indian Ocean Fisheries Governance and Shared Growth Project (SWIOFish3).
The following sections summarize: i) the SWIOFish3 Project; ii) the environmental and social
characteristics of Seychelles; iii) the legal, institutional and policy framework of the country; iv)
the World Bank safeguards policies applicable to the Project; and v) the Environmental and
Social Management Framework.
I. SWIOFish3 PROJECT
i) Project Development Objective
The Project Development Objective of SWIOFish3 is to improve management of marine areas
and fisheries in targeted zones and strengthen fisheries value chains in the Seychelles.
ii) Components
The SWIOFish3 Project will support the Government of Seychelles in achieving its dual
objectives of marine resources conservation and expansion of the seafood value chains. Seafood
value-chains are a cornerstone of the country’s blue economy strategy and their expansion is
expected to deliver long-term, resilient growth, jobs and food security and will be the focus of
component 3. However, this development will not be sustainable if their marine resource base is
not properly managed, which will be supported by components 1 and 2. Because marine and
coastal resource management will potentially translate into reduced access to the resource,
component 3 will provide opportunities for investment in post-harvesting and service
components of the fisheries value chain, thus offsetting socioeconomic impacts and fostering
adherence to the management measures.
Component 1: Expanded Sustainable-Use Marine Protected Areas
Budget: US$4.15 million
Including: US$2.65 million (GEF grant)
US$1.5 million (Blue Bond proceeds)
The first component of the project will support the Government of Seychelles to implement its
pledge to protect an increasing share of its maritime space. It will build on the marine spatial
planning exercise that the Government is currently undertaking through a scientific and
consultative process.
Component 2: Improved Governance of Priority Fisheries
Budget: US$4.15 million
Including: US$2.65 million (GEF grant)
US$1.5 million (Blue Bond proceeds)
ii
The second component of the project will have a greater focus on national fisheries management.
The key current fisheries management initiative in Seychelles is the Mahé Plateau fisheries
management plan, which is being finalized by the Government. Component 2 will have a major
focus on the finalization and the implementation of the Mahé Plateau fisheries management plan,
as well as on the other management initiatives. It will also reinforce the sector’s governance by
an array of targeted investments.
Component 3: Sustainable Development of the Blue Economy
Budget: US$16.0 million
Including: US$4.0 million (IBRD loan)
US$12.0 million (Blue Bond proceeds)
Component 3 will help finance the sustainable development of the Seychelles blue economy and
support increased value-addition in the aquaculture, industrial, semi-industrial and artisanal
fishing and processing sectors. Component 3 will help compensate fishers for any reduced access
to the resource resulting from marine and coastal resource management measures implemented
under the first two components and foster adherence to the management agenda.
Component 4: Project Management and Coordination
Budget: US$1.0 million (IBRD loan)
The last component will support the coordination and implementation of the project. It will
support the operation of the Project Implementation Unit (PIU) and steering committee.
Activities supported include monitoring and evaluation, audits, mid-term and final evaluation
reports, and other costs associated with core operational functions (training, equipment, staff,
manuals, etc.).
iii) Project Cost and Financing
The project will be financed through a $5 million loan from the International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and a $5.3 million grant from the GEF, as well as the
proceeds of the first Blue Bond.
iv) Institutional and Implementation Arrangements for SWIOFish3
The project will be implemented jointly by the Ministry of Finance, Trade and Economic
Planning (MFTEP), the Ministry of Fisheries and Agriculture and the Ministry of Environment,
Energy and Climate Change. The MFTEP will lead the implementation of the project. It has the
mandate, convening power and vision necessary to oversee the preparation and implementation
of the project, as well as sufficient management and fiduciary capacity to ensure efficient
coordination of project activities. The two other ministries have the technical expertise to
implement the project activities but lack the necessary workforce.
iii
A PIU will be embedded within the MFTEP. The PIU will be in charge of coordinating the
implementation of the project activities, and of the procurement and the financial management of
the project. An Environmental and Social Specialist will be designated as part of the staff of the
PIU.
Each ministry will be responsible for the implementation of its activities, and the PIU at the
MFTEP will act as the coordinating body. Focal points will be appointed within the Ministry of
Fisheries and Agriculture and the Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change. The
PIU will implement the project under the oversight of a steering committee.
The proceeds of the Blue Bond will follow two tracks. The first track will consist of grants that
will fund the implementation of the marine spatial planning and the Mahé Plateau fisheries
management plan. The grant process will be managed by the Seychelles Conservation and
Climate Adaptation Trust (SeyCCAT). The second track will create a Blue Investment Fund and
provide loans to fishers and other private and public entities for activities consistent with the
provisions of the Mahé Plateau fisheries management plan. This second track will be managed
by the Development Bank of Seychelles.
II. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SEYCHELLES
Given the nature of the SWIOFish3 Project, the description of main ecosystems, natural
resources and economic activities focuses on those associated with marine and coastal areas.
i) Country and Sectoral Context
Seychelles’ geography is unique but challenging. The Seychelles archipelago consists of 115
granite and coral islands with an exclusive economic zone (EEZ) of approximately 1.4 million
km2, almost three thousand times the size of its land area. The population is about 90,000,
around 90 percent of which is located on the main island of Mahé. Small size, insularity, limited
land, capital, and human resources restrict its ability to benefit from economies of scale in
production and economic diversification. High dependency on external markets creates
vulnerability to external factors. The country’s comparative advantage lies with its natural
capital, vividly preserved by public policies. Seychelles is endowed with an extremely rich
biodiversity, both marine and terrestrial, making it part of one of Conservation International’s
designated biodiversity hotspots. Endemism is exceptionally high at over 60% for animals in
general and 50% for plants. Seychelles is one of the world's most environmentally conscious
nations, having officially protected more than half of its total land area from development and
pledged to protect 30 percent of its EEZ.
In 2015, Seychelles was the African country with the highest gross domestic product (GDP) per
capita. Seychelles’ economy expanded strongly in 2015, by 4.3%. Unemployment is low and
labor force participation is particularly high, at 70% in 2015. The tourism sector remains the
major engine of growth, and is benefiting from efforts to diversify source markets to the Middle
East and Asia. Despite the recent, robust pace of growth, inflation has remained contained, due
partly to favorable imported energy and food prices. Poverty rates in Seychelles are expected to
remain among the lowest in the world outside the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
iv
Development. Recent estimates show that extreme poverty, stood at 1.1% of the population in
2013. However, inequality is substantial, with a gross income-based Gini index of 0.46 in 2013.
The fisheries sector is the second most important sector of the Seychellois economy. Its annual
contribution to GDP varies from 8 to 20 percent and it employs 17 percent of the total
population. Nonetheless, the contribution of fisheries is underestimated as many services to the
sector, notably those in support of the industrial tuna fishery, are not captured in the GDP
estimates. In 2012, the value of exports of consumable fish and fish products constituted 93% of
the total value of domestic exports. The sector can broadly be divided into three sub-sectors: (i)
the artisanal demersal fishery; (ii) the industrial and semi-industrial pelagic fisheries; and (iii) the
seafood processing industry. The artisanal demersal fishery is of paramount importance to the
Seychellois. The industrial, and to a lesser extent the semi-industrial, pelagic fisheries account
for the lion’s share of the catch. They are located offshore, in deeper waters, and involve
significantly larger vessels: purse seiners and longliners. Seychelles is a major seafood
processing hub and intends to increase the contribution of the seafood industry to its blue
economy.
The Government of Seychelles has placed the seafood industry at the center of its blue economy
strategy and aims at progressively increasing the share of landed catch that is processed locally
instead of being transshipped, targeting in particular non-canned tuna products as well as bycatch
and byproducts of the tuna industry. There is increasing evidence that the pressures exerted by
the fisheries and tourism sectors on the marine natural resources are reaching unsustainable
levels. Though skipjack and bigeye tuna stocks are currently healthy, yellowfin tuna is
overfished and subject to a rebuilding plan. Several species of demersal fish are subject to
overfishing, or at risk from overfishing, with declining catch rates symptomatic of worsening
status in key fisheries. The pressures on demersal and reef-associated pelagic resources come
from overfishing in the artisanal, recreational and sport fishing sub-sectors and from an
increasing environmental footprint of the tourism industry. They are particularly acute on the
Mahé Plateau, where the population and economic activity are concentrated. The fisheries are
open-access, which impedes any action to limit the fishing effort and ensure their sustainability.
The unsustainable use of the marine environment is a major risk to the future of Seychelles’ blue
economy. The country’s comparative advantage lies in its natural capital and the tourism and
fisheries sectors are overly dependent on the health of coastal and marine ecosystems. Depleting
fisheries would rapidly lead to a loss of income for fishers and tourism operators, and would
jeopardize the local seafood industry and any future investment in the blue economy. It would
also pose significant risk to nutrition and food security in the country, where almost all the fish
that is consumed is fished locally. The management of Seychelles marine ecosystems and
fisheries is hampered by insufficient financing, capacity, and legal and institutional frameworks
Faced with the need to preserve its comparative advantage in natural capital for the future
generations, the Government of Seychelles adopted an ambitious marine conservation strategy.
Seychelles pledged to protect 30% of its EEZ by 2020 and initiated a marine spatial planning
exercise to serve as the foundation of its sustainable blue economy and conservation strategy.
This marine spatial planning exercise started in 2015 and aims at improving the planning and
management of the country’s vast maritime space. It will progressively identify and gazette areas
v
amounting to 15% of the EEZ to be protected as high biodiversity zones, where fishing will be
prohibited, and another 15% to be protected as medium biodiversity zones, allowing for some
sustainable economic activities - including controlled fishing. In parallel but in the same
framework, Seychelles is preparing to implement new management plans for its major fisheries,
including the first fisheries management plan for the Mahé Plateau, with a view to progressively
transition from an open-access fishery to a more controlled fishery. The Mahé Plateau fisheries
management plan has been drafted and is in the final stages of consultation. It will follow a
continuous improvement approach, focusing on easy-gain and priority species during the first
years of its implementation, and progressively moving to a more comprehensive coverage of the
demersal fisheries.
ii) Location
The following map provides the location of Seychelles in the African continent, and delineates
its Exclusive Economic Zone and marine protected areas.
Geographic Location of Seychelles
Source: SMSP, 2015, p. 2.
vi
iii) Coastal and Marine Ecosystems
The coastal-marine environment of Seychelles is complex and includes a series of habitats and
biogeochemical processes that influence the dynamics and functionality of ecosystems. These
ecosystems include coastal plains, mangrove forests, coral reefs, reef flats, seagrass beds, rocky
shores and intertidal areas.
These ecosystems are interconnected to form a complex coastal-marine ecosystem. They provide
important nesting and foraging grounds for numerous micro and macro-organisms, assist in
nutrient and hydrological cycles, larval and sediment transport and provide important protein
sources for the coastal communities.
The coastal terrestrial ecosystems of Seychelles are: coastal terrestrial ecosystems, and mangrove
forests and coastal wetlands. The marine ecosystems are: coral reefs, reef flats, seagrass beds,
rocky shores, and the intertidal zone. Chapter 3.0 describes in detail these ecosystems.
iv) Protected Areas
The terrestrial Protected Area Network (PAN) constitutes 46.6% of Seychelles’ total landmass,
an enormous commitment to biodiversity conservation. Furthermore, recently the Government
stated the political objective of incorporating more than 50% of Seychelles landmass in the PAN
and preliminary approval has been given for the declaration of additional areas to take the total
over 50%. These percentages are very impressive, but perhaps more important than the quantity
is the quality of protected areas in question. The vast majority of Seychelles endemic
biodiversity is to be found in the ancient granitic inner islands. Within the granitic islands
however, 22.3% of the landmass or significantly less than the national average is currently
protected.
Marine Protected Areas (MPAs) in Seychelles present a very different scenario. Seychelles was
the first country in east Africa to establish a network of MPAs, but at the time of their selection
they were primarily chosen for touristic utility, as opposed to biodiversity criteria, as at that time
the marine environment was still of a relatively homogenous high quality. Subsequent human
development activities and impacts, and notably the 1998 coral bleaching event, have changed
that scenario. Furthermore, unlike the terrestrial scenario where nearly 50% of the landmass lies
within the PAN, the existing MPAs in Seychelles constitute less than 1% of the country’s
Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ).
In Seychelles there are at least the following five different types of MPAs: marine national park,
shell (mollusk) reserve, special reserve, protected areas, and strict natural reserve.
The Seychelles Government has recognized this shortfall in the marine domain and has initiated
a marine spatial planning process with the ultimate objective of designating 30% of the EEZ as
protected. Half of that area, or 15% of the EEZ, is to be designated as strict no-take zones.
vii
v) Fish Resources
The vast majority of fish found in Seychelles are wide ranging species that extend across the
Indian Ocean to the western or mid Pacific Ocean. In addition to open ocean pelagic waters,
which constitute the bulk of the EEZ, Seychelles is characterized by a series of continental
shelves with a total surface area of almost 50,000 km2. Therefore, there are a wide range of
marine habitats for fishes, including shallow water fringing reefs, granitic reefs, banks, plateaus,
shelves and drop-offs, atolls, lagoons, seamounts, abyssal and pelagic habitats.
Seychelles waters are relatively rich in fishing resources. A total of 1196 marine species
belonging to 140 families have been recorded in Seychelles. However, a relatively low
percentage of these species are targeted by the fisheries sectors (industrial, semi-industrial or
artisanal).
It has become increasingly apparent since the mid-1980s that the demersal fishery resources of
the Mahé Plateau were being overexploited. Initially, it was considered a concern of the inner
reefs and policies were introduced to relocate fishing pressure to offshore banks. Analysis of
Vessel Monitoring System data indicate that the entire plateau is now heavily exploited, with
fishery indicators and stock assessments presenting evidence of overfishing for high value
species. This is particularly apparent in the decline of the occurrence, diversity and abundance of
Serranidae on the plateau, with several species now very scarce or absent from the Mahé Plateau
catch. Declines and overfishing are also apparent in the emperor red snapper (Lutjanus sebae)
and the brownspotted grouper (Epinephelus chlorostigma).
vi) Economic Activities
Fisheries Sector
As mentioned above, Seychelles has a well-developed fishing sector that is a vital part of the
social and economic development of the country. Fishing alone accounts for around 8 per cent of
the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and around one sixth of employment. It is the country’s
largest foreign exchange earning sector.
It is estimated that the fishing sector, including ancillary activities, generates both directly and
indirectly around 6,000 jobs, amounting to about 17% of total formal employment. Since 2004,
the percentage of fisheries contribution to the total GDP has been increasing from 6.4% to 7.7%
in 2008. It is believed that if all fisheries-related activities were taken into account, the annual
true contribution to GDP would be between 15 and 20%.
The per capita consumption of fish in Seychelles is one of the highest in the world at around 54-
65 kg/person/year.
Small-Scale Fisheries
Subsistence and semi-industrial small-scale fishing contribute between 1% and 2% to GDP
annually. Land-based economic opportunities are very limited in the Seychelles. Fishing is,
viii
therefore, an integral source of income, employment, food security and foreign exchange in the
country. Of the total employment generated by the fisheries sector, some 30% of this
employment is in the small-scale fisheries, and 10% of the population is reliant on income from
the small-scale fishing sector.
The estimated number of full-time fishers employed in the artisanal demersal fishing sector in
2007 amounted to approximately 1,050, plus an indeterminate number of part-time and
recreational fishermen. It has been estimated that full-time demersal fishers represent 62% of the
total number of fishers in the artisanal fisheries sector and account for 73% of total fish landings.
The number of persons employed in the land-based artisanal fisheries processing sector is
approximately 200 (including around 25 part time workers).
The artisanal fisheries, which are largely open access, provide the bulk of all fish consumed
locally. Catches in the commercial sector of the artisanal fishery have declined steadily from
4778 tons in 2008 to 2511 tons in 2012, but have increased to 4135 tons in 2013 (as a
consequence of an increase in effort). Landings of the sport and recreational sectors, which are
suspected to be significant, are however unknown.
The submarine banks of Seychelles form the basis of the artisanal fisheries, providing vital food
security, employment and high value trade commodities. The Mahé Plateau is of particular
importance. This shallow bank of some 39,000 km2 supports important demersal fisheries such
as: Lethrinidae, Lutjanidae, Scaridae, Serranidiae, and Siganidae. Some 100 species of demersal
fish are commonly caught. Also important are the sea cucumber, lobster and octopus fisheries.
The artisanal fisheries, practiced solely by Seychellois fishers, comprise a variety of vessel and
gear types. Although still used in a few near-shore areas, the traditional wooden canoes have
largely been replaced by more powerful craft. The fleet is now dominated by small fiberglass
boats powered by outboard motors (over 15 horsepower) and partially decked whaler vessels
powered by inboard motors. Until the introduction of the schooner fishery in 1974, the fleet was
largely restricted to near-shore fishing grounds on the Mahé Plateau, but now has moved further
offshore. The outlying coralline islands and atolls are less exploited. The main gear type
employed is hook and line, with bamboo traps, beach seines, droplines and longlines of lesser
importance. Spear guns and shark gill nets are prohibited in Seychelles, as is the use of trawl nets
to target demersal resources.
Semi-Industrial and Industrial Fisheries
Within the Seychelles EEZ, semi-industrial and industrial fishing is practiced by a combination
of fleets of local- and foreign-owned vessels, primarily capturing Bluefin and Bigeye tuna. Semi-
industrial fishing comprises locally-owned longliners plying techniques such as longlining,
handlining and droplining to land swordfish and tuna, whereas industrial fishing is comprised of
foreign-owned long-liners and purse seiners. Over 110,000 tons of fish were landed by semi-
industrial and industrial fishing within the Seychelles EEZ in 2013.
ix
The semi-industrial fisheries have a large-pelagic longline component, a demersal hook and line
fishery and a sea cucumber diving component. Most of the fish from these fisheries, except for a
small proportion of linefish and tuna, is exported.
As a result of the semi-industrial and industrial fisheries within the Seychelles EEZ, the second
largest cannery in the world is the leading employer in the Seychelles, with a workforce of over
2,500.
Tourism and Recreation
A major contributor to the GDP of Seychelles is tourism, amounting to 25.6% in 2010, which is
an increase of 2.2% from 2007. The tourism industry directly employed 25% of the labor force
and generated in the order of $270 million per year in 2012.
The sport and the recreational sectors target demersal fish species. The sport fisheries are a
relatively small sector made up of licensed super ski boats, primarily taking tourists out for big
game fishing for species such as wahoo, dolphin fish, sailfish, tuna and marlin. The main gear
type used is trolling; however, some handline fishing for demersal species are also conducted. Its
contribution to the coastal livelihood is relatively unknown, as there are few data collected for
these fisheries. Similarly, the monitoring of recreational fisheries is virtually nonexistent, since
anyone can fish for leisure or as a hobby in Seychelles, and no license is required for recreational
fishing. Recreational fishers are mostly active during the evenings and weekends, and most of
this catch is commercialized.
III. LEGAL, INSTITUTIONAL AND POLICY FRAMEWORK
Given the nature of the Project, this summary focuses on the Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment (ESIA) process in the country, and the pertinent frameworks for protected areas, the
fisheries sector and the blue economy.
i) ESIA Process
The Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change (MEECC) manages the ESIA process
in the country, specifically through the Environmental Assessment and Permit Section (EAPS)
within the Department of Environment.
Section 44 (1) of the Environment Protection Act, 2016 (Act 18 of 2016) establishes the
requirement of an Environmental Authorization for any development defined in the Act (e.g.,
land subdivisions, reclamation works, construction of new roads or sea walls, etc.), any
“prescribed project or activity” or any project or activity proposed in a protected or ecologically
sensitive area. The Environmental Authorization is granted or denied based on the review of an
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Class I. Sections 45, 46 and 47 of the Act deal with
EIAs.
x
Schedule 1 of the Environment Protection (Impact Assessment) Regulations of 1996, titled
“Projects or Activities Requiring Environmental Authorization,” lists the “prescribed projects
and activities” mentioned in the Act. Schedule 1 includes:
“4 Fish and associated products farming:
4-1 Fish farming works and extension, aquaculture.
4-2 Fish processing plants and equipment.”
Based on the above, the Seychellois environmental regulations require the preparation of an
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) for some of the types of sub-projects likely
to be included in Sub-component 3.2 (Expansion of the Sea-Food Value Chains) of the
SWIOFish3 Project. The Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for the
Project complies with these regulations by specifying the requirement of an ESIA for the types
of fisheries sub-projects listed in Schedule 1
ii) Protected Areas
The Convention on Biological Diversity is the main international commitment that Seychelles
has vis-a-vis Protected Areas. Seychelles committed to protection of 30% of its marine area in
Rio+20 (2009). These obligations are furthered in the newly developed Protected Areas Policy
2013 and the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan 2015- 2020.
The following institutions are involved in the management of marine protected areas:
Department of Environment within the Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change
(MEECC), the Seychelles National Parks Authority, the Seychelles Fishing Authority, the
Seychelles Islands Foundation and several Non Governmental Organizations, including Nature
Seychelles and the Islands Conservation Society.
The following pieces of legislation are relevant: National Parks and Nature Conservancy Act
(1969), Fisheries Regulations (1987), Protected Areas Act (1967), Beach Control Act (1971),
Forest Reserves Act (1995) and Wild Birds Protection Act (1966).
iii) Fisheries
The Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries (MAF) is responsible for providing policy directions
for the fisheries sector. The Seychelles Fishing Authority (SFA), a line agency of MAF, is the
executive arm of government for fisheries.
The Fisheries Act (2014) provides for the management and sustainable development of fisheries,
including aquaculture. It also makes provision for the licensing of fishing vessels, the regulation
and enforcement of fishing activities, and offences.
iv) Blue Economy
Seychelles has adopted a strategic development agenda built conceptually on the blue economy,
which recognizes the challenges of reconciling economic growth while maintaining the integrity
of socio-ecological systems. The importance of the ocean to sustainable economic development
xi
was recognized by the formation of a Department of the Blue Economy, under the Ministry of
Finance, Trade and the Blue Economy, in 2015. In late 2016, the Department migrated to the
Office of the Vice-President. Seychelles has prepared a National Blue Economy Roadmap to
support its transition to a more integrated and sustainable ocean-based economy.
IV. APPLICABLE WORLD BANK SAFEGUARDS POLICIES
The table below identifies the World Bank safeguard policies triggered by the Project and
explains why.
Applicable World Bank Safeguards Policies
Safeguard
Policies Triggered? Explanation
Environmental
Assessment
OP/BP 4.01
Yes Sub-component 3.2: Expansion of the Sea-Food Value Chains includes funding of sub-projects
dealing potentially with aquaculture, facilities to process fish and fish byproducts, facilities for
cold storage, and service enterprises for cold storage and cold-chain maintenance, vessel
services and vessel refitting.
All of the above potential sub-projects are small to medium scale. As elaborated in Chapter 6.0,
they are likely to generate minor to moderate negative environmental and social impacts and
risks that can be prevented and managed with standard mitigation measures.
The Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) identifies the likely impacts
and risks of the SWIOFish3 Project, which will be overwhelmingly positive, and provides
procedures to screen sub-projects, determine the level of environmental and social assessment
required for each sub-project based on identified impacts and risks, and oversee the
environmental and social performance of sub-projects during implementation.
Natural
Habitats
OP/BP 4.04
Yes SWIOFish3 Project activities included in Components 1 and 2 involve capacity building and
technical assistance, research, monitoring and control of natural resources and economic
activities, improvement of the fisheries statistics system, finalization and approval of marine
resources management and co-management plans, and improvement of the regulatory
framework for fisheries and protected areas. All these activities will lead to the improved
management and protection of marine and coastal ecosystems that serve as habitats for fauna
species of commercial and recreational value, as well as species important to overall ecosystem
health and functioning.
Under Sub-component 3.2: Expansion of the Sea-Food Value Chains, aquaculture sub-projects
are potentially eligible for funding. The likely sites for these projects are certain pre-established
coastal and marine areas, some of which are natural habitats for aquatic fauna. As stipulated in
Seychelles environmental regulatory framework, the ESMF requires the preparation of an
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for each of these sub-projects.
Forests OP/BP
4.36
No The SWIOFish3 Project will not be implemented in forested areas.
Pest
Management
OP 4.09
No The SWIOFish3 Project does not require the use of pesticides.
Physical
Cultural
Resources
OP/BP 4.11
No There are no comprehensive surveys of shipwrecks in Seychelles (SFA, 2016, p. 97) and a
recent study found no records or publications on maritime or terrestrial archaeological work in
Seychelles (Ibid).
The development of the small and medium scale aquaculture sub-projects likely to receive
financing under the SWIOFish3 Project will not disturb the sea floor where shipwrecks might
be found.
Indigenous
Peoples
OP/BP 4.10
No There are no indigenous peoples settled in the area of implementation of the SWIOFish3
Project.
xii
Safeguard
Policies Triggered? Explanation
Involuntary
Resettlement
OP/BP 4.12
Yes Sub-component 2.1: Fisheries Management Plans and Sub-component 1.1: Expansion of the
Medium Biodiversity Areas involve support in developing and implementing fisheries co-
management plans and the marine spatial plan, as well as their associated regulatory
frameworks. Although these sub-components will lead to the sustainable management of
marine resources, in the short to medium term they will affect the livelihoods of fishing- and
tourist-related enterprises, communities and individuals that currently have open access to the
areas and resources that will be subjected to much stricter protection, management and
regulation. In addition, the fleet licensing scheme included in the fisheries co-management
plans will result in the decommissioning from service of some fishing and tourism vessels, and
the consequent displacement from fishing and tourism activities of affected vessel owners,
operators and fishers.
Following the guidelines established in OP/BP 4.12, a separate report includes a Process
Framework to address the impacts of the restriction of access to marine and coastal areas and
resources.
Safety of
Dams OP/BP
4.37
No The SWIOFish3 Project does not involve the construction, rehabilitation or upgrade of dams.
Projects on
International
Waterways
OP/BP 7.50
No The SWIOFish3 Project will not be implemented on international waterways.
Projects in
Disputed
Areas
OP/BP7.60
No The SWIOFish3 Project will not be implemented in disputed areas.
V. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK (ESMF)
The overall environmental and social impact of the SWIOFish3 Project will be positive, with
many of the activities included in its sub-components likely to pose minimal or no negative
impacts or risks, such as those involving capacity building and technical assistance, research,
monitoring and control of natural resources and economic activities, improvement of the
fisheries statistics system, and finalization and approval of marine resources management and
co-management plans. However, some sub-component activities as well as some types of sub-
projects likely to receive funding under SWIOFish3 have the potential to generate negative
environmental and social impacts and risks, mostly of minor to moderate magnitude, because
they involve the construction of physical structures, limitation of access to economic activities
associated with the use of marine resources, capture and cultivation of fish species not currently
exploited commercially, and operation of fish and fish byproducts processing facilities that
utilize hazardous and toxic materials and release organic and chemical contaminants.
In order to ensure that the ESMF is tailor-made to the characteristics of the SWIOFish3 Project,
the following table identifies the various activities and sub-project types likely to receive funding
and anticipated to produce negative impacts and risks. This exercise will facilitate the
organization of the ESMF in terms of potential impacts and risks, as well as their management
measures and strategies.
xiii
Sub-Project Activities and Possible Sub-Projects Types that Raise Environmental and Social Concerns
Project Sub-
Component
Sub-Component Activities/Possible Sub-
Projects
Environmental and Social Concerns
Sub-
component 2.1:
Fisheries
Management
Plans.
Sub-
component 1.1:
Expansion of
the Medium
Biodiversity
Areas
Implementation of management plans and
associated regulatory frameworks
Implementation of the Fisheries Management Plans and the Marine Spatial Plan will
limit the open access1 that fishers and tourist users currently have to practically all
marine areas, with the exception of protected areas. At present, there are virtually no
restrictions regarding the species and amount of fish caught, or the seasonality of the
capture. For example, some of the management strategies introduced in the Mahé
Plateau Demersal Trap and Line Fishery Co-Management Plan include the
development and implementation of a fishing license framework for fishing and tourism
fleets, minimum size limits for key species, recreational bag limits for some key
species, a recreational combined bag limit, a maximum number of active traps for
licensed vessels for commercial fishing, among others (pp. 12-27).
The additional Fisheries Co-Management Plans for Sea Cucumber and Tuna to be
developed with support from Sub-Component 2.1 will also contain strategies that will
restrict open access to these fish resources. Likewise, the proposed zoning types for
Seychelles’ Exclusive Economic Zone, as defined in the preliminary zoning design of
the marine spatial planning exercise, comprise areas with highly restrictive human uses
in the high biodiversity zones and moderate restrictions in the medium biodiversity
zones. Further, the SWIOFish3 Project will also support the extension of medium
biodiversity areas and the preparation of management plans and corresponding
regulations for these areas.
Although the above actions will lead to a sustainable management of marine resources,
in the short to medium term they will affect the livelihoods of fishing- and tourist-
related enterprises, communities and individuals that currently use the areas and
resources that will be subjected to much stricter protection, management and regulation.
In addition, the fleet licensing scheme to be implemented will result in the
decommissioning from service of some fishing and tourism vessels, and the consequent
displacement from fishing and tourism activities of affected vessel owners, operators
and fishers.
The impact of this restriction of access to marine and coastal areas and resources has
not been established, requiring therefore the preparation of a Process Framework, which
is the subject of a separate report.
Sub-
component 3.2:
Expansion of
The proceeds from the Blue Bond will be
managed by: (i) Seychelles Conservation and
Climate Adaptation Trust (SeyCCAT), which
1 Fisheries in the country are open access, meaning that they are “… restricted only in the sense that vessels must be registered in the Seychelles. Other than
nationality, the other principal control is a prohibition on spear fishing. There are no controls over effort or catch” (Vivid Economics, 2015a, p. 2).
xiv
Project Sub-
Component
Sub-Component Activities/Possible Sub-
Projects
Environmental and Social Concerns
the Sea-Food
Value Chains
will provide grants to public and private entities
on a call for proposal basis; and (ii) the
Development Bank of Seychelles (DBS), which
will provide loans through the Blue Investment
Fund (BIF) to be created under the Project.
Potential Investments in different sectors are as
follows:
Aquaculture:
Pump-ashore flow-through systems and
recirculating aquaculture systems of sea
urchins, pearl oyster spat, ornamental finfish
and finfish fingerlings in land based zone.
Small scale cage aquaculture of finfish and
longline pearl oysters in inshore zone (i.e.,
sea-based areas within 2 km of the islands of
Mahé, Praslin, La Digue, potentially
Silhouette and Romainville).
Cage aquaculture of finfish in aquaculture
development zones (i.e., located between 2
and 5 km from shore).
Large scale, industrial cage aquaculture of
finfish in offshore zone (i.e., beyond 5 km
from shore).2
Processing Facilities:
Facilities for processing of fish, fish byproducts
(e.g., oil, collagen, amino acid, mineral
production, etc.) and cold storage, such as those
existing and being built at Providence Fish
Center, Ile du Port Handling Services (IPHS) in
Port Victoria and Bel Ombre. The Providence
Fish Center will also host the Seychelles
broodstock quarantine and acclimation facility.
Annex I indicates the potential impacts and risks of this type of sub-Project, and lists
adequate mitigation measures.
At all processing facilities, there is no clear information on the level of treatment, if
any, that wastes will receive before they are discharged into the public sewerage
system.
Dealing specifically with the wastes from the facilities located at IPHS, it seems that the
public sewage treatment system serving this area is close to saturation and, therefore, it
might be able to process only part of those wastes.
Also at the IPHS, the first phase of construction activities, slated for completion in
April or May 2017, before the start of implementation of the SWIOFish3 Project, are
underway to build part of the internal road network and install part of the water,
sewerage and electricity services. The environmental and social oversight of the
SWIOFish3 Project will include the second phase of these construction works, since
they are part of the ancillary services essential for the operation of the fish processing
facilities and to ensure that those works comply with environmental, social, health and
2 These aquaculture production systems and aquaculture zones are defined in the Mariculture Master Plan (SFA, 2016, pp. 3-7)
xv
Project Sub-
Component
Sub-Component Activities/Possible Sub-
Projects
Environmental and Social Concerns
Services:
Ancillary enterprises for cold storage and cold-
chain maintenance, and small- to medium-scale
enterprises for agencies providing vessels
services (e.g. stevedoring, chandlery).
Refitting vessels for tourism, longline tuna
fishing, and under- or unexploited fisheries.
safety standards.
Annex I indicates the potential impacts and risks of this type of sub-Project, and lists
adequate mitigation measures
Annex I indicates the potential impacts and risks of this type of sub-Project, and lists
adequate mitigation measures
xvi
The ESMF for the SWIOFish3 Project comprises the following five steps:
1. Environmental and Social Screening.
2. Environmental and Social Scoping.
3. Execution of Environmental and Social Studies.
4. Incorporation of Environmental and Social Sustainability into the Sub-Project Procurement
Process.
5. Environmental and Social Compliance Oversight.
Each ESMF step: i) contains particular tools that serve as practical mechanisms to implement the
respective step; ii) specifies institutional responsibilities for the application of each
implementation tool; and iii) includes instruments and/or documents to assist in the application
of the tools.
The table below provides an overview of the ESMF process. It indicates when each step of the
ESMF should be implemented in relation to each phase of the likely generic project cycles at
SeyCCAT and DBS’ Blue Investment Fund that will be used in the management of the proceeds
from the Blue Bond, identifies the types of sub-projects to which each step applies, points out the
tools to use in each step, identifies the institutional responsibilities in the application of each
ESMF step and indicates the documents included as part of the ESMF to support the application
of each step.
xvii
Overview of ESMF Process
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Types of Sub-
Projects to Which
Step Applies
Tools to Implement
ESMF Step
Institutional Responsibilities in Implementing
ESMF Step
Documents/Tools to Support
PIU in Implementation of
ESMF Step
Prequalification Environmental
and Social
Screening
Aquaculture,
fisheries and
fisheries-associated
processing facilities
and services (see
illustrative list of
sub-projects in
Table 6.1)
Environmental
and Social
Screening Tools
Form (Annex III)
SeyCCAT and BIF send sub-project proposals
to PIU.
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant completes Environmental
and Social Screening Tools Form.
PIU Project Coordinator approves
Environmental and Social Screening Tools
Form.
PIU notifies SeyCCAT and BIF when a
particular sub-project proposal is ineligible for
funding from the environmental and social
point of view after completing Exclusion List
included in Screening Tools Form.
Potential Environmental and
Social Impacts and Risks of
Aquaculture and Fisheries
Sub-Projects, and Mitigation
Measures (Annex I)
Selection Environmental
and Social
Scoping
Aquaculture,
fisheries and
fisheries-associated
processing facilities
and services (see
illustrative list of
sub-projects in
Table 6.1)
Environmental
and Social
Scoping Form
(Annex IV)
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant completes Environmental
and Social Scoping Form.
PIU Project Coordinator approves
Environmental and Social Scoping Form.
For aquaculture and fish processing sub-
projects listed in Schedule 1 of Environment
Protection (Impact Assessment) Regulations of
1996, PIU requests MEECC to prepare TOR
for ESIA, as required by Regulations. Once
available, PIU sends TOR to, as applicable,
SeyCCAT or BIF.
For medium risk sub-projects, PIU prepares
TORs for Contractor’s Site-Specific ESMP and
Site-Specific HSMP. For low-risk sub-projects,
PIU prepares list of applicable mitigation
measures.
PIU notifies SeyCCAT and BIF of
environmental and social analysis required for
each sub-project proposal, attaching completed
TOR for ESIA (Annex V).
TOR for Contractor’s Site-
Specific ESMP and Site-
Specific HSMP (Annex VI).
Potential Environmental and
Social Impacts and Risks of
Aquaculture and Fisheries
Sub-Projects, and Mitigation
Measures (Annex I).
ESHS Technical
Specifications for
Construction (Annex X).
xviii
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Types of Sub-
Projects to Which
Step Applies
Tools to Implement
ESMF Step
Institutional Responsibilities in Implementing
ESMF Step
Documents/Tools to Support
PIU in Implementation of
ESMF Step
Environmental and Social Scoping Form and,
as applicable, TORs for studies required. In
addition, for low risk sub-projects, PIU sends
list of pertinent mitigation measures to
SeyCCAT and BIF.
Preparation Execution of
Environmental
and Social
Studies
Aquaculture and
fish processing sub-
projects listed in
Schedule 1 of
Environment
Protection (Impact
Assessment)
Regulations of 1996
MEECC reviews ESIA and makes a
determination as to whether or not to issue an
Environmental Authorization for
implementation of sub-project.
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant plays a supporting role in
review of ESIAs, providing comments to
MEECC on quality and completeness of each
ESIA.
Due Diligence Checklist for
ESIA Report (Annex VII).
Bidding and
Contract
Negotiation
Incorporation
of
Environmental
and Social
Sustainability
into sub-
projects
Procurement
Process
Aquaculture and
fish processing sub-
projects listed in
Schedule 1 of
Environment
Protection (Impact
Assessment)
Regulations of
1996.
Moderate risk sub-
projects.
ESHS Criteria for
Evaluation of Bid
Proposals (Annex
VIII).
ESHS Conditions
of Particular
Application
(Annex IX).
ESHS Technical
Specifications for
Construction
(Annex X).
PIU provides SeyCCAT and BIF with ESHS
Criteria for Evaluation of Bid Proposals for
inclusion in their bid evaluation documents.
Based on negotiations with SeyCCAT and BIF,
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant may participate in
technical committees for evaluation of bid
proposals.
PIU provides SeyCCAT and BIF with ESHS
Conditions of Particular Application and ESHS
Technical Specifications for Construction for
inclusion in works contracts.
Sub-Project
Implementation
Environmental
and Social
Compliance
Oversight
Aquaculture and
fish processing sub-
projects listed in
Schedule 1 of
Environment
Protection (Impact
Assessment)
Regulations of
1996.
Moderate risk sub-
Environmental
and Social
Compliance
Report (Annex
XI).
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant conducts site visits to
evaluate environmental and social performance
of sub-projects using Environmental and Social
Compliance Report. These site visits may be
coordinated with inspections by MEECC staff.
PIU sends a copy of completed Environmental
and Social Compliance Report to pertinent
Contractor and Supervising Engineer, as well as,
as applicable, SeyCCAT or BIF.
xix
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Types of Sub-
Projects to Which
Step Applies
Tools to Implement
ESMF Step
Institutional Responsibilities in Implementing
ESMF Step
Documents/Tools to Support
PIU in Implementation of
ESMF Step
projects. In instances of serious and pervasive
noncompliances with environmental and social
requirements, PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant coordinates with
Supervising Engineer, SeyCCAT, BIF, MEECC
and/or any other pertinent authority to bring
sites into compliance.
KEY: BIF: Development Bank of Seychelles’ Blue Investment Fund .ESHS: Environmental, Social, Health and Safety. ESIA: Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment. ESMP: Environmental and Social Management Plan. HSMP: Health and Safety Management Plan. MEECC: Ministry of Environment, Energy
and Climate Change. PIU: Project Implementation Unit at Ministry of Finance, Trade and Economic Planning. SeyCCAT: Seychelles Conservation and Climate
Adaptation Trust. TOR: Terms of Reference.
xx
As explained above, SWIOFish3 will be implemented jointly by the Ministry of Finance, Trade
and Economic Planning (MFTEP), the Ministry of Fisheries and Agriculture and the Ministry of
Environment, Energy and Climate Change. The MFTEP will lead the implementation of the
project.
A Project Implementation Unit (PIU) will be embedded within the MFTEP. The PIU will be in
charge of coordinating the implementation of the project activities, and of the procurement and
the financial management of the project. An Environmental and Social Specialist will be
designated as part of the staff of the PIU.
Each ministry will be responsible for the implementation of its activities, and the PIU at the
MFTEP will act as the coordinating body. Focal points will be appointed within the Ministry of
Fisheries and Agriculture and the Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change.
In terms of the institutional arrangements for the implementation of the ESMF process, the
following table specifies institutional responsibilities in relation to each step of the ESMF.
xxi
Institutional Arrangement in ESMF Process
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Institutional Responsibilities
PIU SeyCCAT and BIF MEECC Sub-Project
Proponents
Environmental
Consulting
Companies
Contractors Supervising
Engineers
Prequalification Environmental
and Social
Screening
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant
completes Environmental and
Social Screening Tools Form
for sub-project proposals .
PIU Project Coordinator
approves Environmental and
Social Screening Tools Form.
PIU notifies SeyCCAT and BIF
when a particular sub-project
proposal is ineligible for
funding from the
environmental and social point
of view after completing
Exclusion List included in
Screening Tools Form.
SeyCCAT and BIF
send sub-project
proposals to PIU.
SeyCCAT and BIF
drop from further
funding consideration
all sub-project
proposals classified as
ineligible for funding
from the
environmental and
social point of view by
PIU.
Selection Environmental
and Social
Scoping
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant
completes Environmental and
Social Scoping Form.
PIU Project Coordinator
approves Environmental and
Social Scoping Form.
For aquaculture and fish
processing sub-projects listed
in Schedule 1 of Environment
Protection (Impact Assessment)
Regulations of 1996, PIU
requests MEECC to prepare
TORs for ESIAs, as required
by Regulations. Once available,
PIU sends TORs to, as
applicable, SeyCCAT or BIF.
SeyCCAT and BIF
send TORs for ESIAs
for aquaculture and
fish processing sub-
projects to proponents.
Once ESIAs are
completed, SeyCCAT
and BIF include
corresponding ESMPs
as contract clauses in
model contracts that
Contractors must
fulfill.
MEECC
prepares TORs
for ESIAs for
aquaculture and
fish processing
sub-projects
listed in
Schedule 1 of
Environment
Protection
(Impact
Assessment)
Regulations of
1996, and sends
TORs to PIU.
Sub-project
proponents
receive TORs
for ESIAs for
aquaculture
and fish
processing
sub-projects,
and search for
environmental
consulting
companies to
prepare
ESIAs.
xxii
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Institutional Responsibilities
PIU SeyCCAT and BIF MEECC Sub-Project
Proponents
Environmental
Consulting
Companies
Contractors Supervising
Engineers
For medium risk sub-projects,
PIU prepares TORs for
Contractor’s Site-Specific
ESMP and Site-Specific
HSMP. For low-risk sub-
projects, PIU prepares list of
applicable mitigation measures.
PIU notifies SeyCCAT and BIF
of environmental and social
analysis required for each sub-
project proposal, attaching
completed Environmental and
Social Scoping Form and, as
applicable, TORs for studies
required. In addition, for low
risk sub-projects, PIU sends list
of pertinent mitigation
measures to SeyCCAT and
BIF.
For medium risk sub-
projects, SeyCCAT
and BIF include TORs
for ESMPs Site-
Specific ESMPs and
Site-Specific HSMPs
as contract clauses in
model contracts that
Contractors must
fulfill.
For low risk sub-
projects, SeyCCAT
and BIF include list of
pertinent mitigation
measures as contract
clauses in model
contracts that
Contractors must
fulfill.
Preparation Execution of
Environmental
and Social
Studies
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant plays a
supporting role in review of
ESIAs, providing comments to
MEECC on quality and
completeness of each ESIA.
MEECC reviews
ESIA and makes
a determination
as to whether or
not to issue an
Environmental
Authorization for
implementation
Sub-project
proponents
contract
environmental
consulting
companies to
prepare
ESIAs.
Sub-project
proponents
send
completed
ESIAs to
MEECC for
evaluation.
Environmental
consulting
companies
conduct
ESIAs.
xxiii
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Institutional Responsibilities
PIU SeyCCAT and BIF MEECC Sub-Project
Proponents
Environmental
Consulting
Companies
Contractors Supervising
Engineers
of sub-projects.
Bidding and
Contract
Negotiation
Incorporation of
Environmental
and Social
Sustainability
into sub-
projects
Procurement
Process
PIU provides SeyCCAT and
BIF with ESHS Criteria for
Evaluation of Bid Proposals for
inclusion in their bid evaluation
documents.
Based on negotiations with
SeyCCAT and BIF, PIU
Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant may
participate in technical
committees for evaluation of
bid proposals.
PIU provides SeyCCAT and
BIF with ESHS Conditions of
Particular Application and
ESHS Technical Specifications
for Construction for inclusion
in works contracts.
SeyCCAT and BIF
incorporate ESHS
Criteria for Evaluation
of Bid Proposals into
their bid evaluation
documents.
SeyCCAT and BIF
incorporate ESHS
Conditions of
Particular Application
and ESHS Technical
Specifications for
Construction into their
works contracts.
Sub-Project
Implementation
Environmental
and Social
Compliance
Oversight
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant conducts
site visits to evaluate
environmental and social
performance of sub-projects
using Environmental and
Social Compliance Report.
These site visits may be
coordinated with inspections by
MEECC staff.
PIU sends a copy of completed
Environmental and Social
Compliance Report to pertinent
Contractor and Supervising
Engineer, as well as, as
applicable, SeyCCAT or BIF.
In instances of serious and
pervasive noncompliances with
environmental and social
requirements, PIU
Environmental and Social
MEECC
conducts
inspections of
aquaculture and
fish processing
sub-projects.
In instances of
serious and
pervasive
noncompliances
with
Contractors are
responsible for
implementing
works in
accordance
with, as
applicable,
ESMPs, Site
Specific
ESMPs, Site
Specific
HSMPs, or list
of pertinent
mitigation
measures.
Supervising
Engineers
are
responsible
for
ensuring,
on behalf
of their
Clients,
that
Contractors
implement
works in
accordance
with, as
applicable,
ESMPs,
Site
Specific
ESMPs,
Site
xxiv
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Institutional Responsibilities
PIU SeyCCAT and BIF MEECC Sub-Project
Proponents
Environmental
Consulting
Companies
Contractors Supervising
Engineers
Specialist/Consultant
coordinates with Supervising
Engineer, SeyCCAT, BIF,
MEECC and/or any other
pertinent authority to bring
sites into compliance.
environmental
and social
requirements,
MEECC may
participate in
enforcement
actions.
Specific
HSMPs, or
list of
pertinent
mitigation
measures.
KEY: BIF: Development Bank of Seychelles’ Blue Investment Fund .ESHS: Environmental, Social, Health and Safety. ESIA: Environmental and Social Impact Assessment. ESMP:
Environmental and Social Management Plan. HSMP: Health and Safety Management Plan. MEECC: Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change. PIU: Project Implementation Unit
at Ministry of Finance, Trade and Economic Planning. SeyCCAT: Seychelles Conservation and Climate Adaptation Trust. TOR: Terms of Reference.
1
1.0 INTRODUCTION
This document develops the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for the
Third South West Indian Ocean Fisheries Governance and Shared Growth Project (SWIOFish3).
It consists of six chapters, including this Introduction.
Chapter 2.0 provides a description of the Project. It first gives an overview of the global
SWIOFish Program. It then describes the SWIOFish3 Project development objective,
Components and corresponding Sub-Components, cost and financing, and institutional and
implementation arrangements.
Chapter 3.0 presents an overview of the geographic location of Seychelles, and describes the
salient physical, ecological and socioeconomic characteristics of the country. Given the nature of
the SWIOFish3 Project, the description of main ecosystems, natural resources and economic
activities focuses on those associated with marine and coastal areas.
Chapter 4.0 discusses the Seychellois legal, institutional and policy framework applicable to the
SWIOFish3 Project. Given the nature of the Project, this chapter focuses on the Environmental
and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) process in the country, and the pertinent frameworks for
protected areas, the fisheries sector and the blue economy.
Chapter 5.0 identifies the World Bank safeguard policies triggered by the Project and explains
why.
Chapter 6.0 contains the ESMF. It identifies the Project Sub-Component activities and possible
types of sub-projects likely to receive funding and anticipated to produce negative impacts and
risks; explains the structure of the ESMF; and describes the implementation tools, the timing of
application of the tools, the institutional responsibilities and the supporting documentation
associated with, respectively, each of the ESMF steps. In addition, this chapter explains the
institutional arrangements for the implementation of the ESMF; describes the Conflict
Resolution Mechanism for the ESMF; and discusses considerations for the development of the
budget for the management of the ESMF, and the training and technical assistance activities
related to environmental and social management.
2
2.0 SWIOFish3 PROJECT
This chapter provides details on the design of the SWIOFish3 Project.3 Section 2.1 gives the
background to the Project. Sections 2.2 to 2.5 describe, respectively, the project development
objective, the components and corresponding sub-components of the project, the project cost and
financing, and the institutional and implementation arrangements.
2.1 Background
The SWIOFish3 Project in Seychelles is part of the broader SWIOFish program launched by the
World Bank in February 2015, which adopts a regional and long term approach to supporting the
South West Indian Ocean countries in sustainably developing their fisheries sector. The
overarching program goal is to increase the economic, social, and environmental benefits to
South West Indian Ocean countries from sustainable marine fisheries. The program goal results
indicators are as follows:
a) Status of fish stocks;
b) Fisheries-related Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in participating countries; and
c) Local fisheries-related value-addition benefitting the households.
The 15-year multi-phase program establishes a financing, coordinating and knowledge exchange
mechanism and supports a suite of regional and country-level activities over the medium and
long term. Given the range of issues affecting countries of the South West Indian Ocean region,
the program activities target core governance and productivity challenges, remove critical
constraints to private investment and sustainable business, bring part of the ‘offshore fisheries
economy’ within country economies, and add value through regional collaboration and
integration.
2.2 Project Development Objective
The Project Development Objective of SWIOFish3 is to improve management of marine areas
and fisheries in targeted zones and strengthen fisheries value chains in the Seychelles..
The SWIOFish3 Project will support the Government of Seychelles in achieving its dual
objectives of marine resources conservation and expansion of the seafood value chains. Seafood
value-chains are a cornerstone of the country’s blue economy strategy and their expansion is
expected to deliver long-term, resilient growth, jobs and food security and will be the focus of
component 3. However, this development will not be sustainable if their marine resource base is
not properly managed, which will be supported by components 1 and 2. Because marine and
coastal resource management will potentially translate into reduced access to the resource,
component 3 will provide opportunities for investment in post-harvesting and service
components of the fisheries value chain, thus offsetting socioeconomic impacts and fostering
adherence to the management measures.
3 This chapter reproduces sections of the draft Project Appraisal Document for the SWIOFish3 Project available
at the time of preparation of this ESMF and PF.
3
2.3 Components
Component 1: Expanded Sustainable-Use Marine Protected Areas
Budget: US$4.15 million
Including: US$2.65 million (GEF grant)
US$1.5 million (Blue Bond proceeds)
The first component of the project will support the Government of Seychelles to implement its
pledge to protect an increasing share of its maritime space. It will build on the marine spatial
planning exercise that the Government is currently undertaking through a scientific and
consultative process.
With the support of The Nature Conservancy and in the framework of a very innovative climate
adaptation debt restructuring, Seychelles pledged to protect 30% of its exclusive economic zone
(EEZ) by 2020 and initiated a marine spatial planning exercise to serve as the foundation of its
sustainable blue economy strategy. This marine spatial planning exercise started in 2015 and will
progressively identify and gazette areas amounting to 15% of the EEZ to be protected as high
biodiversity zones, and another 15% to be protected as medium biodiversity zones, allowing for
some sustainable economic activities - including fishing. The debt restructuring supported by
The Nature Conservancy reduces the cost of part of the debt Seychelles owes to its Paris Club
creditors. In turn, it allows Seychelles to fund marine conservation and climate adaptation with
the cost difference. These funds are channeled through a sinking fund, for immediate measures,
and through an endowment fund that will ensure a sustainable financing stream in the future.
Both of these funds will be hosted by the Seychelles Conservation and Climate Adaptation Trust
(SeyCCAT).
The medium biodiversity areas will allow for some sustainably-managed economic activities,
including fisheries and tourism, and they will be the focus of component 1. The high biodiversity
areas will be managed under stricter protection and will be supported by a parallel project
financed by the GEF and the United Nations Development Programme.
Sub-component 1.1: Expansion of the Medium Biodiversity Areas. The first sub-component
will expand the coverage of medium biodiversity areas by supporting their creation, and the
preparation of related management plans and specific regulations. This will entail investments in:
(i) research to define the management measures and mortality controls and assess the blue carbon
potential; (ii) the preparation of management plans for the first medium biodiversity areas,
including the definition of their governance mechanisms; (iii) the legal framework to support the
creation and operationalization of these marine areas; and (iv) the update of the zoning.
Sub-component 1.2: Management of the Sustainable-Use Areas. The second sub-component
will support the operationalization of these medium biodiversity areas by investing in their
effective management. It will support: (i) the strengthening of the public sector to allow it to
supervise the areas and enforce the management measures adequately and cost-effectively; (ii)
the monitoring, control and surveillance of the natural resources and economic activities,
including satellite-based imaging, patrols, staff costs, equipment and infrastructure; (iii) intense
4
communication, consultations and capacity-building efforts targeted at the main stakeholders,
including fishers, tourism operators and government; (iv) and the promotion of more sustainable
practices, mostly in the tourism and fisheries sectors, aiming for instance at reducing energy
consumption, waste generation, bycatch and discards of fish, improving fish-handling and
selective fishing.
Component 2: Improved Governance of Priority Fisheries
Budget: US$4.15 million
Including: US$2.65 million (GEF grant)
US$1.5 million (Blue Bond proceeds)
The second component of the project will have a greater focus on national fisheries management.
The key current fisheries management initiative in Seychelles is the Mahé Plateau fisheries
management plan, which is being finalized by the Government. Component 2 will have a major
focus on the finalization and the implementation of the Mahé Plateau fisheries management plan,
as well as on the other management initiatives. It will also reinforce the sector’s governance by
an array of targeted investments.
Sub-component 2.1: Fisheries Management Plans. The first sub-component will support the
preparation and implementation of several fisheries management plan, including the Mahé
Plateau fisheries management plan, the sea-cucumber fisheries management plan, and the
domestic tuna fisheries management plan. As in the case of the medium biodiversity areas, this
will entail intense communication, consultations and capacity-building efforts targeted at the
main stakeholders, including fishers, tourism operators and government; enhanced monitoring,
control and surveillance of the natural resources and economic activities, including satellite-
based imaging, patrols, staff costs, equipment and infrastructure; environmental research and
data collection, including an electronic catch reporting system; promotion of more sustainable
practices, mostly in the tourism and fisheries sectors, aiming for instance at reducing energy
consumption, waste generation, bycatch and discards of fish, improving fish-handling and
selective fishing; supporting economic diversification and transition to alternative livelihoods,
consistent with the provisions of the respective management plans; purchasing and retaining of
total allowable catch allocation of some over-exploited species by Government to support faster
stock restoration. In parallel, the sub-component will support the preparation and implementation
of fleet management and development plans.
Sub-component 2.2: Fisheries Sector Institutions. The second sub-component will ensure that
the institutions involved in fisheries management are in a position to contribute to it. It will in
particular support: (i) the update of the legal and public institutional framework and prepare the
related strategies and policies; (ii) capacity-building and ad-hoc technical assistance for the
relevant public entities, including the Ministry of Fisheries and Agriculture and the Seychelles
Fishing Authority; and (iii) strengthening the fishers contribution to the fisheries management
process, including the different fishers associations.
Sub-component 2.3: Fisheries and Marine Statistics. The last sub-component will focus on
the provision of relevant and reliable information on the status of the marine environment and
5
fisheries, and their respective contribution to the economy. It will: (i) improve the fisheries
statistics system and design the fisheries dashboard; and (ii) develop fisheries economic
monitoring through a support to the nascent Fisheries Economic Intelligence Unit and the
setting-up of a satellite economic account for fisheries.
Component 3: Sustainable Development of the Blue Economy
Budget: US$16.0 million
Including: US$4.0 million (IBRD loan)
US$12.0 million (Blue Bond proceeds)
Component 3 will help finance the sustainable development of the Seychelles blue economy and
support increased value-addition in the aquaculture, industrial, semi-industrial and artisanal
fishing and processing sectors. Component 3 will help compensate fishers for any reduced access
to the resource resulting from marine and coastal resource management measures implemented
under the first two components and foster adherence to the management agenda.
Sub-component 3.1: Enabling Environment for the Seafood Industry. The first sub-
component will strengthen the enabling environment for the seafood industry. It will in
particular: (i) facilitate a sustainable, economically-sound port development process; (ii) increase
the sanitary monitoring capacity, especially in the context of exports of seafood products; and (ii)
contribute to the enabling environment for the development of aquaculture, a nascent industry in
Seychelles.
Sub-component 3.2: Expansion of the Sea-Food Value Chains. The second sub-component
will facilitate the expansion of value-chains and promote synergies with other value chains (e.g.
tourism). It will: (i) identify value chain development opportunities and provide targeted
capacity-building to fishers and operators; (ii) support the Government and the Fishers and Boat
Owners Association to complete and start the operation of an innovative artisanal fish auction
house; (iii) promote the nascent labeling scheme for sustainable artisanal fisheries, linking the
fisheries and tourism value chains.
As part of this second sub-component, (iv) a Blue Investment Fund will be created with part of
the proceeds of the Blue Bond to finance private and public investments aimed at facilitating the
implementation of the Mahé Plateau fisheries management plan and the transition from open-
access to better controlled fisheries. These investments will include alternative business
opportunities for fishers in the seafood value chain, the restructuring of fishing capacity and the
rebuilding of stocks. To avoid that these investments create a price signal that would increase the
pressure on the resource, a list of acceptable projects has been developed that includes
management prerequisites (e.g. management plan operational).
6
Component 4: Project Management and Coordination
Budget: US$1.0 million (IBRD loan)
The last component will support the coordination and implementation of the project. It will
support the operation of the Project Implementation Unit (PIU) and steering committee.
Activities supported include monitoring and evaluation, audits, mid-term and final evaluation
reports, and other costs associated with core operational functions (training, equipment, staff,
manuals, etc.).
2.4 Project Cost and Financing
The project will be financed through a $5 million loan from the International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and a $5.3 million grant from the GEF, as well as
the proceeds of the first Blue Bond. The Government of Seychelles will issue a Blue Bond for
an estimated total of $15 million to finance part of the SWIOFish3 project, in a landmark new
kind of transaction that mobilizes capital markets to finance Seychelles' blue economy
objectives. The GEF Non-Grant Instrument Pilot will be used alongside an IBRD guarantee to
lower the cost of this Blue Bond, ideally down to the 3% area. The use of the Non-Grant
Instrument Pilot will take the form of a loan to the Government of Seychelles with a 40-year
maturity, a 10-year grace period and a 0.25% interest rate. The Blue Bond is expected to have
strong replicability potential for other borrowers in the future, by attracting investors to a new
field and creating an affordable financing package for the country.
2.5 Institutional and Implementation Arrangements for SWIOFish3
The project will be implemented jointly by the Ministry of Finance, Trade and Economic
Planning (MFTEP), the Ministry of Fisheries and Agriculture and the Ministry of
Environment, Energy and Climate Change. The MFTEP will lead the implementation of the
project. It has the mandate, convening power and vision necessary to oversee the preparation and
implementation of the project, as well as sufficient management and fiduciary capacity to ensure
efficient coordination of project activities. The two other ministries have the technical expertise
to implement the project activities but lack the necessary workforce.
A PIU will be embedded within the MFTEP. The PIU will be in charge of coordinating the
implementation of the project activities, and of the procurement and the financial
management of the project. The Project Coordinator, a staff of the MFTEP, will be seconded
by an Assistant financed by the project and will be in charge of the overall coordination and
management of the project. A Financial Management Specialist and a Procurement Specialist
will be designated within the existing MFTEP Project Coordinating Unit, currently in charge of
the fiduciary aspects of several World Bank-financed projects. An Environmental and Social
Specialist and a Monitoring and Evaluation Specialist will also be designated.
Each ministry will be responsible for the implementation of its activities, and the PIU at the
MFTEP will act as the coordinating body. Focal points will be appointed within the Ministry
of Fisheries and Agriculture and the Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change.
7
Additional focal points in other implementing entities could be appointed as required. These
focal points will be in charge of the planning, implementation and reporting of the project
activities pertaining to their agency.
The PIU will implement the project under the oversight of a steering committee. The tasks
of the steering committee will be to: (i) provide overall policy guidance and decision-making on
all issues relating to the project; (ii) facilitate coordination among the relevant agencies; and (iii)
review and approve annual work and expenditure plans. The MFTEP will chair the steering
committee and the Assistant to the Project Coordinator will act as its Secretary. The steering
committee will include representatives from the Ministry of Fisheries and Agriculture, the
Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and
Transport, the Seychelles Fisheries Authority, the Seychelles National Parks Authority and the
Seychelles Port Authority. The World Bank and other groups, including for instance artisanal
fishers, civil society, donors (including The Nature Conservancy and the United Nation
Development Programme), may be invited to participate as observers. The steering committee
will meet twice a year or as needed.
The proceeds of the Blue Bond will follow two tracks. The first track will consist of grants
made to public and private entities on a project proposal basis. These grants will fund the
implementation of the marine spatial planning and the Mahé Plateau fisheries management plan,
as described above. They will amount to US$3 million and the grant process will be managed by
the Seychelles Conservation and Climate Adaptation Trust (SeyCCAT) on a call for proposal
basis. The second track will create a Blue Investment Fund and provide US$12 million or loans
to fishers and other private and public entities for activities consistent with the provisions of the
Mahé Plateau fisheries management plan, focusing specifically on economic diversification and
sustainability. This second track will be managed by the Development Bank of Seychelles on
behalf of the Government. All Blue Bond repayments will be the obligation of the Government
of Seychelles and will not directly come from the revenues generated by the lending track, which
could be re-injected into the Blue Investment Fund for additional lending.
8
3.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF
SEYCHELLES
This chapter provides an overview of the geographic location of Seychelles, and describes the
salient physical, ecological and socioeconomic characteristics of the country.4 Given the nature
of the SWIOFish3 Project, the description of main ecosystems, natural resources and economic
activities focuses on those associated with marine and coastal areas.
3.1 Country and Sectoral Context
Seychelles’ geography is unique but challenging. The Seychelles archipelago consists of 115
granite and coral islands with an exclusive economic zone (EEZ) of approximately 1.4 million
km2, almost three thousand times the size of its land area. The population is about 90,000,
around 90 percent of which is located on the main island of Mahé. Small size, insularity, limited
land, capital, and human resources restrict its ability to benefit from economies of scale in
production and economic diversification. High dependency on external markets creates
vulnerability to external factors. The country’s comparative advantage lies with its natural
capital, vividly preserved by public policies. Seychelles is endowed with an extremely rich
biodiversity, both marine and terrestrial, making it part of one of Conservation International’s
designated biodiversity hotspots. Endemism is exceptionally high at over 60% for animals in
general and 50% for plants. Seychelles is one of the world's most environmentally conscious
nations, having officially protected more than half of its total land area from development and
pledged to protect 30 percent of its EEZ.
In 2015, Seychelles was the African country with the highest gross domestic product (GDP) per
capita. Seychelles’ economy expanded strongly in 2015, by 4.3%. Unemployment is low and
labor force participation is particularly high, at 70% in 2015. The tourism sector remains the
major engine of growth, and is benefiting from efforts to diversify source markets to the Middle
East and Asia. Despite the recent, robust pace of growth, inflation has remained contained, due
partly to favorable imported energy and food prices. Poverty rates in Seychelles are expected to
remain among the lowest in the world outside the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development. Recent estimates show that extreme poverty5, stood at 1.1% of the population in
2013. However, inequality is substantial, with a gross income-based Gini index of 0.46 in 2013.
The fisheries sector is the second most important sector of the Seychellois economy. Its annual
contribution to GDP varies from 8 to 20 percent and it employs 17 percent of the total
population. Nonetheless, the contribution of fisheries is underestimated as many services to the
sector, notably those in support of the industrial tuna fishery, are not captured in the GDP
estimates. In 2012, the value of exports of consumable fish and fish products constituted 93% of
the total value of domestic exports. The sector can broadly be divided into three sub-sectors: (i)
the artisanal demersal fishery; (ii) the industrial and semi-industrial pelagic fisheries; and (iii) the
4 This chapter is based on the following sources: Republic of Seychelles, undated; SFA, 2016; SMSP, 2015;
Vivid Economics, 2015a; and Welch and Kerrigan, 2015a and 2015b, with some paragraphs following very
closely the contents of SFA, 2016. In addition, information was collected during two site visits performed by
the ESMF Consultant in order to conduct visual surveys of different potential sub-project sites. 5 Using the international poverty line of US$1.90 per day in 2011 purchasing power parity
9
seafood processing industry. The artisanal demersal fishery is of paramount importance to the
Seychellois. The industrial, and to a lesser extent the semi-industrial, pelagic fisheries account
for the lion’s share of the catch. They are located offshore, in deeper waters, and involve
significantly larger vessels: purse seiners and longliners. Seychelles is a major seafood
processing hub and intends to increase the contribution of the seafood industry to its blue
economy.
The Government of Seychelles has placed the seafood industry at the center of its blue economy
strategy and aims at progressively increasing the share of landed catch that is processed locally
instead of being transshipped, targeting in particular non-canned tuna products as well as bycatch
and byproducts of the tuna industry. There is increasing evidence that the pressures exerted by
the fisheries and tourism sectors on the marine natural resources are reaching unsustainable
levels. Though skipjack and bigeye tuna stocks are currently healthy, yellowfin tuna is
overfished and subject to a rebuilding plan. Several species of demersal fish are subject to
overfishing, or at risk from overfishing, with declining catch rates symptomatic of worsening
status in key fisheries. The pressures on demersal and reef-associated pelagic resources come
from overfishing in the artisanal, recreational and sport fishing sub-sectors and from an
increasing environmental footprint of the tourism industry. They are particularly acute on the
Mahé Plateau, where the population and economic activity are concentrated. The fisheries are
open-access, which impedes any action to limit the fishing effort and ensure their sustainability.
The unsustainable use of the marine environment is a major risk to the future of Seychelles’ blue
economy. The country’s comparative advantage lies in its natural capital and the tourism and
fisheries sectors are overly dependent on the health of coastal and marine ecosystems. Depleting
fisheries would rapidly lead to a loss of income for fishers and tourism operators, and would
jeopardize the local seafood industry and any future investment in the blue economy. It would
also pose significant risk to nutrition and food security in the country, where almost all the fish
that is consumed is fished locally. The management of Seychelles marine ecosystems and
fisheries is hampered by insufficient financing, capacity, and legal and institutional frameworks
Faced with the need to preserve its comparative advantage in natural capital for the future
generations, the Government of Seychelles adopted an ambitious marine conservation strategy.
Seychelles pledged to protect 30% of its EEZ by 2020 and initiated a marine spatial planning
exercise to serve as the foundation of its sustainable blue economy and conservation strategy.
This marine spatial planning exercise started in 2015 and aims at improving the planning and
management of the country’s vast maritime space. It will progressively identify and gazette areas
amounting to 15% of the EEZ to be protected as high biodiversity zones, where fishing will be
prohibited, and another 15% to be protected as medium biodiversity zones, allowing for some
sustainable economic activities - including controlled fishing. In parallel but in the same
framework, Seychelles is preparing to implement new management plans for its major fisheries,
including the first fisheries management plan for the Mahé Plateau, with a view to progressively
transition from an open-access fishery to a more controlled fishery. The Mahé Plateau fisheries
management plan has been drafted and is in the final stages of consultation. It will follow a
continuous improvement approach, focusing on easy-gain and priority species during the first
years of its implementation, and progressively moving to a more comprehensive coverage of the
demersal fisheries.
10
3.2 Geographic Location
The Republic of Seychelles is located between 4 and 10 degrees south of the Equator, and lies
between 480km and 1,600km from the east coast of Africa in the middle of the Western Indian
Ocean. It is composed of more than 115 islands distributed over an area of more than 1,3 million
km2. The islands constituting Seychelles may be divided into two groups: (i) the Mahé Group,
comprised of 45 islands, is characterized as mountainous with much granite and includes the
outlying islands; and (ii) the Coralline Group, which includes 70 islands that are mostly just
above sea-level.
Mahé is the main island and hosts the capital city, Victoria. Mahé Island is 27 km long and 11
km wide. It has a maximum height above sea level of 905 meters (Morne Seychellois Mountain).
Two other major islands are Praslin and La Digue. Both islands are close to Mahé, 33.6 and 48
km respectively.
Map 1 provides the location of Seychelles in the African continent, and delineates its Exclusive
Economic Zone and marine protected areas.
Map 1
Geographic Location of Seychelles
Source: SMSP, 2015, p. 2.
11
3.3 Physical Characteristics
3.3.1 Climate
The climate of Seychelles Islands is warm (monthly mean temperature of 26-28°C) and can be
classified as humid tropical. No distinct dry season occurs throughout the year, and even during
the driest and coolest month in July the mean rainfall exceeds 70 mm. The average annual
rainfall is 2,200 mm.
The prevailing winds are the North west (December to March), which are influenced by the
Coriolis Effect at the Equator and changes to a North easterly wind and result in the north-west
monsoon and the other is the south-east winds associated with the south-east monsoon (May to
October). Data for the period 1972-2001 show that the mean evaporation is 5.2 mm.
Alternating monsoons generated by changes in the air pressure over the Indian sub-continent
dominate the seasonality. During northern hemisphere's summer, the Asian mainland warms
faster than the adjacent water, creating low pressure over the continent and forcing air to move
from the Indian Ocean onto the Asian landmass. During winter, the pattern is reversed and air
over the Asian mainland rapidly cools, creating high pressure and the movement of atmospheric
masses off the continent and out over the ocean.
In contrast to many other inhabited South West Indian Ocean Islands such as Reunion,
Madagascar, Comoros, Mauritius and Rodrigues, Seychelles inner islands fall outside of the
tropical cyclone belt.
During the majority of the El Niño/La Niña years, an extreme weather event typically occurred
over Seychelles. Severe drought during the La Niña phenomenon of 1998-1999 caused acute
shortage of freshwater resulting in the shutdown of public establishments. In 1997-1998, the
strongest El Niño ever recorded caused a 40% loss of revenue from the tuna fisheries sector and
generated massive coral bleaching in the shallow reefs of Seychelles granitic islands.
3.3.2 Geology and Soils
The Seychelles are made up of 115 granite and coral islands. The inner islands comprise some of
the oldest mid-oceanic granite islands on earth, while the outer islands consist primarily of low-
lying coral atolls and reef islets. The inner islands cluster mainly around the largest islands of
Mahé, Silhouette, Praslin and La Digue. The outer islands are those situated beyond the
Seychelles Plateau. The outer islands owe their existence to continental drift, upliftment and
subsequent volcanic activity which ultimately led to the formation of island land masses.
The soils of the granitic islands are generally very poor and slightly acidic. This is due to the
geologically very old granitic base rock, which is inherently poor in nutrients. The shallow,
leached soils are typically short of organic matter.
3.3.3 Hydrology
12
There are 146 water courses on the three main islands of Mahé, Praslin and La Digue, and these
are listed for protection under the State Lands and River Reserves Act (1976), in recognition of
their importance for socioeconomic development. The lower reaches of watercourses in many
regions have been affected by human activity including enrichment and chemical pollution,
canalization and reclamation of flood plains.
Lowland wetlands were a characteristic feature of many of the original coastal plains of the
granitic inner islands. The coastal dune formations naturally created a simple basin-like structure
to the landward that prevented free drainage resulting in the formation of extensive inland
wetlands. These habitats were historically used for agricultural purposes such as rice production.
However, as agricultural patterns and development pressures changed, these areas were
increasingly drained to meet the demand for flat land and this trend has continued into the 21st
century, such that lowland wetlands can be considered the most severely threatened habitat type
in Seychelles. It is estimated that some 90% of lowland wetlands have been lost to reclamation
since the colonization of the islands in 1770.
3.4 Coastal and Marine Ecosystems
The coastal-marine environment of Seychelles is complex and includes a series of habitats and
biogeochemical processes that influence the dynamics and functionality of ecosystems. These
ecosystems include coastal plains, mangrove forests, coral reefs, reef flats, seagrass beds, rocky
shores and intertidal areas.
These ecosystems are interconnected to form a complex coastal-marine ecosystem. They provide
important nesting and foraging grounds for numerous micro and macro-organisms, assist in
nutrient and hydrological cycles, larval and sediment transport and provide important protein
sources for the coastal communities.
3.4.1 Coastal Ecosystems
3.4.1.1 Coastal Terrestrial Ecosystems
The coastal plateau is made up of calcareous sand derived from adjacent fringing reefs which
have accumulated over the last 6,000 years. The coastal plateau has been colonized by coastal
plants such as coconut (Cocos nucifera), takamaka (Calophyllum inophyllum) and badamier
(Terminalia catappa).
The mountainsides of Mahé and Silhouette from approximately 200 meters above sea level
harbor the bulk of Seychelles known endemic biodiversity, while Praslin Island supports unique
stands of Coco-de-Mer Palm (Lodoicea maldivica) dominated forest and associated species.
Coastal brackish water marshes are also present and play an important role in settling out
sediments from freshwater systems before entering the sea, especially after rainfall events. The
islands have extensive white sandy beaches which are used primarily by the tourism industry and
the locals. Many of these beaches are also used for nesting by marine turtles. The terrestrial
13
coastal habitats of many of the inhabited inner islands have been heavily modified for human
settlement, industries, public infrastructure and tourism.
3.4.1.2 Mangrove Forests and Coastal Wetlands
Mangrove forests and coastal wetlands are found within the inner granitic islands. There are 8
species of mangrove described in Seychelles, occupying a total area of 29 km2. At Port Launay
in Mahé, all eight species of mangroves are found in an area that has been designated as a
RAMSAR site.
Mangroves once covered many shores of the granitic inner islands, especially close to river
mouths and marshland. Since men first settled in Seychelles in the late 1700s, mangrove forests
have been cleared to make way for coastal construction. There is presently a proliferation of
mangrove in Seychelles, clearly visible on the east coast of Mahé, from Victoria to Pointe Larue,
in the lagoons created by coastal reclamation and in places such as Anse Soulliac in the Port
Launay Marine National Park, where the mangrove forest is slowly extending seawards.
The mangrove faunal assemblage in the inner islands is characterized by low species diversity
and high abundance, dominated by herbivorous gastropods and suspension feeding bivalves. The
fauna of freshwater wetlands includes pan-tropical indigenous species, as well as introduced
ones. Endemic insects from the family Rhagovelia, Nepidae and Notonectidae still occur in
healthy marshes. Freshwater wetlands and rivers are also habitat for the 2 endemic sub species of
terrapins, Pelusios castanoides intergularis and Pelusios subniger parietalis. The tilapia,
Orechromis mossambicus, has been introduced to Seychelles and is now described as an invasive
species affecting freshwater wetlands and rivers. An endemic bird, the Black Paradise
Flycatcher, Terpsiphone corvina, is sometimes associated with La Mare Soupape on la Digue.
The typical flora of freshwater wetlands consists of reeds, sedges, grasses and herbs. The large
fern Acrostichum aureum (Fouzer Lanmar) is common around the edges of lowland marshes.
Common coastal trees such as Calophyllum inophyllum (Takamaka), Terminalia catappa
(Bodanmyen) and Hibiscus tiliaceus (Var) often establish themselves near the edges. Introduced
weed species, in particular Eichornia crassipes (Water Hyacinth) and Pistia stratiotes (Water
Lettuce), now dominate many wetlands on Mahé, Praslin and La Digue.
3.4.2 Marine Ecosystems
3.4.2.1 Coral Reefs
The coral reefs cover an estimated area of 1,690 km2, most of which are found in the Southeast
of the Seychelles Archipelago, around the outer coralline islands, with fewer reefs found in the
inner granitic islands.
There are 2 main types of reefs: granite reefs, which are made up of corals growing over large
granite boulders, and carbonate reefs which are further divided into fringing reefs, atolls and
platform reefs. Fringing reefs are characteristic of the granitic inner islands. The fringing reefs
are most extensive on the islands of Mahé and Praslin, where they occupy large areas.
14
Along the east coast of Mahé, the reef is continuous and unbroken (width: 500 – 750 m), apart
from places where they have been dredged or reclaimed. Conversely, on the west coast of Mahé
they are mostly small and discontinuous and are mainly found in bays and are generally narrower
than those found on the east coast. The situation reverses for Praslin, where the coral reefs are
widest on the east coast with width up to 2850 meters.
More than 300 species of Scleractinian corals are found in Seychelles; however, so far there are
no identified Seychelles endemics.
The back reef environment is mostly covered by macro-algae of the genus Sargassum and
Turbinaria or seagrass comprising mostly of Thalassodendron ciliatum and Thalassia
hemprichii. Reef associated animals groups include corals, crustaceans, echinoderms, fish,
macroalgae, mollusk and sponges. There are gaps in the diversity of other reef associated phyla.
In 1998, there was a coral bleaching event. Before that event, the coral reefs of the Seychelles
were considered as healthy and were characterized in 3 different assemblages distinguished by
the main coral species they host. These assemblages were: (i) Pocillopora, associated with rough
water, especially in or near the surf zone; (ii) Acropora, found along open water reef fronts; and
(iii) Porites, reef flat environments.
The coral bleaching event of 1998 was brought about by high sea temperature, which prompted
the corals to bleach and die after a few weeks. This was the first case of wide scale coral
bleaching event recorded in Seychelles. Early assessments in 1999 found that the fast growing
Acroporas and Pocilloporas had suffered the most. At the time of these assessments the most
dominant genus were the Porites, thus suggesting that they were better able to withstand the high
sea temperature that caused widespread bleaching in 1998. The 1998 bleaching was followed by
2 smaller scale events in 2002 and 2003.
Although mortality among corals was extensive and the diversity at most sites surveyed was low
following the 1998 event, no extinctions have been reported but, rather, the abundance and
distribution of species have reduced.
Since the bleaching event, management focus had to change from managing healthy and diverse
coral reefs to promoting the recovery of coral reefs. Recent reports indicate that today the
situation on the reefs of the inner islands is drastically different from that of the pre-bleaching
event. Since the bleaching event, the coral reef system of the inner Seychelles has undergone a
widespread phase shift from a coral-dominated state to a rubble and algal-dominated state.
Before the 1998 bleaching event the reefs were characterized by high cover of live branching and
massive coral, soft coral, and high structural complexity, whereas today the reefs are of low
complexity, comprising mostly of rubble, standing dead coral and algal fields. Average coral
cover is presently low with few of the benthos consisting of fast growing, habitat forming
branching and plating functional groups of corals. Recovery of corals reefs from the bleaching
events has been relatively slow and it is highly apparent that the carbonate based reefs are not
doing as well as the granitic based reefs.
15
3.4.2.2 Reef Flats
This mixed habitat complex has been subject to intensive disturbance around populated islands.
In the central archipelago, reef flats are utilized extensively for gleaning fisheries (e.g., octopus
and shell fish) and shell collecting activities. In the last 25 years significant areas of this habitat
have been lost to major land reclamations. Sedimentation and in some areas pollution are also
factors of concern.
Most reef flats consist of a complex patchwork of habitats: areas of sand and gravel interspersed
between areas of coral rubble, coral outcrops, sea grass and algal growth. In their natural state
these habitats are rich in life and commodity species such as octopus, lobster and sea cucumber.
Mollusk fauna can be very rich with Cowries (Cypraea moneta, C. annulus, C. Lynx, C. caurca
and C. helvola being common), Cones (Conus leopardus, C. litteratus, C. virgo, C. maldivus, C.
betulinus and C. quercinus) readily found in the seagrass; while species such as Bittium zebrum
and Smaragdia rangiana can be found in algal mats. Four Shell Reserves were declared in the
1960s and were subsequently incorporated under the 1986 Fisheries Act (1987 Shell Reserve
Regulations) but the areas are not managed or enforced.
3.4.2.3 Seagrass Beds
The extensive shallow submarine banks of Seychelles support significant sea grass areas. A
particularly large sea grass bed (estimated at 45km long and 15km at its widest) lies on the
Providence-Cerf bank. Many of the outer islands, such as the lagoons of Aldabra, Cosmoledo
and Astove, support large sea grass communities. Sea grass habitats are also common around the
granitic inner islands, notably in the St Anne Marine National Park and off Grand Anse-Amities
coast of Praslin.
To date, 8 species of seagrass have been described from Seychelles: Cymodocea rotundata,
Cymodocea serrulata, Enhalus acocroides, Halodule uninervis, Halophila ovalis, Syringodium
isoetifolium Thalassia hemprichii and Thalassodendron ciliatum, with 6 of them present around
Mahé.
A brief survey of inshore sea grass bed substrate around the island of Mahé, conducted as part of
the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for the Mariculture Master Plan (SFA, 2016),
recorded 58 species of infaunae invertebrates. Sea grass beds are also essential for many marine
herbivore species including megafauna such as the green turtle and the Dugong.
There is evidence that sea grass beds around the main populated islands are in decline due to a
combination of anthropogenic factors – pollution, reclamation, coastal development and climate
change. It is also likely that the historical exploitation of the main sea grass grazers, green turtles,
and ongoing fishery activities mean that the natural grazer/growth balance in sea grass beds has
been lost, potentially leading to changes in community structure and health.
16
3.4.2.4 Rocky Shores
Rocky Shores are the most common shore habitats in the granitic islands and are typified by a
limited vegetation structure consisting of species such as Hibiscus tiliaceus, occasional stands of
the endemic Balfour’s pandanus (Pandanus balfouri), Scaevola sericea, creepers (e.g., Ipomea
pescaprae) and grasses. In their natural state and particularly on promontories and rocky islets,
rocky shores historically supported important seabird populations and and/or roosts (e.g. Sterna
anaethetus, Phaethon lepturus, Puffinus pacificus), such as those still found on reserve islands
like Cousin and Aride.
3.4.2.5 Intertidal Zone
The intertidal zone is rich in gastropods, some of which are commonly exploited for food (e.g.,
Patella exusta and Cellana radiata). The trochus Monodonta australis and the majority of
Seychelles Nerites (Nerita albicilla, N. plicata, N. polita, N. textilis) are common in this zone; as
are various species of Littorinid (Littorina kraussi. L. scabra, L. undulata and Peasiella
roepstorffiana). Planaxis sulcatus occurs in large colonies in this zone, the Morulas, Morula
granulata and M. uva are also common and the cowrie Cypraea caputserpentis is common in
rocks clefts typified by strong wave action.
Rocky shores also harbor large crab populations (Grapsus and Geograpsus spp) and occasionally
the distinctive chiton, Acanthopleura brevispinosa. Accessible rocky shores are intensively
harvested for shell fish for both domestic and commercial use. Increasingly physical
development is encroaching in these areas to meet the demand for seaside properties.
3.5 Protected Areas
The terrestrial Protected Area Network (PAN) constitutes 46.6% of Seychelles’ total landmass,
an enormous commitment to biodiversity conservation. Furthermore, recently the Government
stated the political objective of incorporating more than 50% of Seychelles landmass in the PAN
and preliminary approval has been given for the declaration of additional areas to take the total
over 50%. These percentages are very impressive, but perhaps more important than the quantity
is the quality of protected areas in question. The vast majority of Seychelles endemic
biodiversity is to be found in the ancient granitic inner islands. Within the granitic islands
however, 22.3% of the landmass or significantly less than the national average is currently
protected.
Marine Protected Areas (MPAs) in Seychelles present a very different scenario. Seychelles was
the first country in east Africa to establish a network of MPAs, but at the time of their selection
they were primarily chosen for touristic utility, as opposed to biodiversity criteria, as at that time
the marine environment was still of a relatively homogenous high quality. Subsequent human
development activities and impacts, and notably the 1998 coral bleaching event, have changed
that scenario. Furthermore, unlike the terrestrial scenario where nearly 50% of the landmass lies
within the PAN, the existing MPAs in Seychelles constitute less than 1% of the country’s
Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ).
17
In Seychelles there are at least the following five different types of MPAs: marine national park,
shell (mollusk) reserve, special reserve, protected areas, and strict natural reserve.
The Seychelles Government has recognized this shortfall in the marine domain and has initiated
a marine spatial planning process with the ultimate objective of designating 30% of the EEZ as
protected. Half of that area, or 15% of the EEZ, is to be designated as strict no-take zones.
3.6 Marine Fauna
3.6.1 Marine Mammals
According to a UNEP report (2008), two orders of marine mammals (Sirenia and Cetacea) occur
in Seychelles waters. In 1963, the humpback whale was officially protected in the southern
hemisphere but captures continued up to 1974. In 1979, the Indian Ocean Whale Sanctuary was
created prohibiting the further capture of whales. Today, both baleen (Mysticetes) and toothed
(Ondoctocetes dolphins, beaked whales and sperm whales) whales are still found in the
Seychelles. Over 26 species have been observed, comprising 7 dolphin species of which 4 are
common and 19 whale species. Some of these species such as the Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops
truncates) and sperm whale (Physeter microcephalus) are regularly sighted whereas others such
as the Blue whale (Balaenoptera musculus) are rare. The most important areas for cetaceans in
the Seychelles include the area north and south of the Mahé Plateau, the Amirantes and the area
around the Aldabra atoll. There have been no specific studies to investigate whether these areas
are important breeding, foraging or resting grounds. The Marine Conservation Society of
Seychelles (MCSS), a locally-based NGO, has been active in monitoring and management of
marine mammals in the Seychelles. In 2005 an informal Marine Mammal Observatory was set
up to provide a central collection point for opportunistic as well as formal marine mammal
sighting data. Seychelles is also a party to the Convention on Migratory Species (CMS).
3.6.2 Birds
The Seychelles’ high ornithological profile is partly due to the vast amount of breading seabirds
that occur within its EEZ. Despite the fact that the archipelago is not situated along any
important migratory routes, some colonies of Frigate spp. regularly consist of more than 1
million birds and hence, are amongst the largest colonies in the world. Hence, seabird
conservation is of great importance in maintaining both national and international bird
biodiversity. To date, 18 species of seabirds are known to breed in the Seychelles.
3.6.3 Sea turtles
Four species of sea turtles are found in Seychelles waters. However, only the Green turtle
(Cheloniamydas) and the Hawksbill turtles (Erethmochelys imbticata) nests in the Seychelles.
Hawksbill turtles nest mainly in the granitic islands whereas Green turtles nest mainly in the
outer islands. The other 2 species found in Seychelles waters are the Leatherback turtle
(Dermochelys coriacea) and the Loggerhead turtle (Caretta caretta). The Seychelles hosts 1 of
the 5 most significant populations of hawksbill turtle, which is listed as critically endangered.
There has been a decline in the number of female nesting hawksbill turtles over the past few
18
decades. Fortunately, some of the most important nesting sites have protected status either as
special reserves or as marine national parks. For green turtles, the numbers of nesting females
appear to have increased significantly during the past few decades. The Marine National Parks of
Ste. Anne and Curieuse and the two Special Reserves of Cousin and Aride and the island of
Cousine remain some of the most important hawksbill nesting sites in Seychelles. Aldabra atoll,
in the outer islands, is both a Special Reserve and a UNESCO World Heritage site and has one of
the largest populations of nesting green turtles in the World. All species of turtle are protected in
Seychelles.
3.6.3 Sharks
There are over 100 species of sharks and rays known to occur in the Seychelles and it is
estimated that there is between 50,000 and 56,000 Mt of shark biomass on the Mahé Plateau with
an additional 34,000 Mt on the other banks. The whale shark is also common in Seychelles
waters and is protected. Many other species of sharks are targeted or taken as bycatch in
artisanal, semi-industrial and industrial fisheries. A number of regulations prescribe measures for
shark fisheries, while Seychelles has recently prepared its second National Plan of Action for the
Conservation and Management of Sharks (2016-2020). Some oceanic sharks are also subject to
monitoring and regulations under the auspices of the Indian Ocean Tuna Commission. .
3.6.3 Sea Cucumber
The sea cucumber fishery in the Seychelles has seen a rapid development during the past decade
or more. By 1999 there were already signs of population depletion, including lower volumes of
high value species and fishers having to travel further and dive deeper to maintain catch rates,
and concerns were raised regarding the sustainability of the fishery. The fishery moved to a
limited access regime in the early 2000s to prevent a worsening of overexploitaion, with the
introduction of a maximum of 25 licenses and limits on the number of divers operating under
each license. As a result a survey of sea cucumber density at 246 sites throughout the Amirantes
and Mahé Plateau was undertaken by SFA in 2004. Two species were considered as over
exploited, 3 as fully exploited, and the remainder as either under exploited or at virgin levels.
Efforts to introduce total allowable catches for sea cucumbers based on the outcome of the
survey were unsuccessful. Despite the limited access, effort was relatively unconstrained and the
fishery progressed to exploit most divable habitat on the banks and plateaux by 2010. Catches of
high value species continued to rise until 2011, but have subsequently exhibited year-on-year
declines.
3.7 Fish Resources
The vast majority of fish found in Seychelles are wide ranging species that extend across the
Indian Ocean to the western or mid Pacific Ocean. In addition to open ocean pelagic waters,
which constitute the bulk of the EEZ, Seychelles is characterized by a series of continental
shelves with a total surface area of almost 50,000 km2. Therefore, there are a wide range of
marine habitats for fishes, including shallow water fringing reefs, granitic reefs, banks, plateaus,
shelves and drop-offs, atolls, lagoons, seamounts, abyssal and pelagic habitats.
19
Seychelles waters are relatively rich in fishing resources. A total of 1196 marine species
belonging to 140 families have been recorded in Seychelles. However, a relatively low
percentage of these species are targeted by the fisheries sectors (industrial, semi-industrial or
artisanal).
It has become increasingly apparent since the mid-1980s that the demersal fishery resources of
the Mahé Plateau were being overexploited. Initially, it was considered a concern of the inner
reefs and policies were introduced to relocate fishing pressure to offshore banks. Analysis of
Vessel Monitoring System data indicate that the entire plateau is now heavily exploited, with
fishery indicators and stock assessments presenting evidence of overfishing for high value
species. This is particularly apparent in the decline of the occurrence, diversity and abundance of
Serranidae on the plateau, with several species now very scarce or absent from the Mahé Plateau
catch. Declines and overfishing are also apparent in the emperor red snapper (Lutjanus sebae)
and the brownspotted grouper (Epinephelus chlorostigma).
3.8 Socioeconomic Characteristics
3.8.1 Demographics
The Seychelles population stood at 94,677 in mid-2016, comprising 47,343 males and 47,334
females. The population growth rate is 1.3% since 2015. The Seychelles population is projected
to grow to some 100,000 in mid-2020 and to reach 108,000 in mid-2045.
There are indications that the Seychellois population is slowly growing older. The growth rate is
projected to decrease steadily to as low as 0.1% from 2042 to 2045.
The population is mainly located on the three main islands of Mahé, Praslin and La Digue.
78.9% of the population is located on Mahé Island, 8.7 % on Praslin and the rest (3.7%) on La
Digue and the Outer Islands. The average household size in 2013 was 3.4 persons, down from
3.7 persons in 2010. In 2013, the number of households were 28 367.
3.8.2 Ethnicity
The ethnic groups in Seychelles consist of primarily the Seychellois Creole at 89%, with Indian
(5%), Malagasy (3%) and Chinese (1%) making up the rest. Most citizens consider themselves as
Seychellois. The constant flux of immigrants to Seychelles, initially from continental Africa,
Europe and the Indian sub-continent, and later from China, have created an ethnically diverse
population.
3.8.3 Education
In 2015, the national literacy rate was 95.32%. According to 2012 figures, the literacy rate is
almost even for both genders, with male at 91.4% and female at 92.3%. These figures are
noteworthy, when considering that the 2004 literacy rate was 88%.
20
3.8.4 Employment
Seychelles is classified as a high income country. The national unemployment rate in 2014 was
3%, decreasing from 3.3% in 2013. In comparison, the national unemployment rate reached
4.2% in the second quarter of 2016. In the latter year, the female unemployment rate (4.6%) was
higher than that of the males at 3.9%.
The private sector provides the majority of employment and employment within this sector is
steadily growing. In contrast, the employment by the government sector shows a relative
stability, while employment within the parastatal sector showed slight but constant growth.
The highest concentration of employment occurs in the accommodation and food service
activities (19%). The second largest employment industry is that of construction (12%).
3.8.5 Land Use
Almost half of the land (about 47%) is protected by a number of conservation areas. Arable land
includes approximately 10,000 ha, of which about 60% consists of coconut and other tree-crop
plantations. A large amount of arable land has been used for other purposes, especially for
housing.
On the major granitic islands, 42% of the land is covered by forests. Forest cover consists of
unprotected natural forest (41%), national park forests (48%) and plantations (11%). Forested
areas do not lend themselves to other uses due to the topography of the land. However, as land
availability decreases, housing developments are rapidly encroaching into the higher forested
areas.
Industrial developments include coconut oil and soap manufacturing factories, a tuna-canning
operation and various related operations. Land is also needed for public utilities such as sewage
works and desalination operations. On Mahé, the airport, the Victoria Sewage Works and the
desalination plant are all located on reclaimed land. Other industries and some housing are also
located on reclaimed land
3.8.6 Economic Activities
3.8.6.1 Fisheries Sector
As mentioned in the first section, Seychelles has a well-developed fishing sector that is a vital
part of the social and economic development of the country. Fishing alone accounts for around 8
per cent of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and around one sixth of employment. It is the
country’s largest foreign exchange earning sector.
It is estimated that the fishing sector, including ancillary activities, generates both directly and
indirectly around 6,000 jobs, amounting to about 17% of total formal employment. Since 2004,
the percentage of fisheries contribution to the total GDP has been increasing from 6.4% to 7.7%
21
in 2008. It is believed that if all fisheries-related activities were taken into account, the annual
true contribution to GDP would be between 15 and 20%.
The per capita consumption of fish in Seychelles is one of the highest in the world at around 54-
65 kg/person/year.
3.8.6.1.1 Small-Scale Fisheries
Subsistence and semi-industrial small-scale fishing contribute between 1% and 2% to GDP
annually. Land-based economic opportunities are very limited in the Seychelles. Fishing is,
therefore, an integral source of income, employment, food security and foreign exchange in the
country. Of the total employment generated by the fisheries sector, some 30% of this
employment is in the small-scale fisheries, and 10% of the population is reliant on income from
the small-scale fishing sector.
The estimated number of full-time fishers employed in the artisanal demersal fishing sector in
2007 amounted to approximately 1,050, plus an indeterminate number of part-time and
recreational fishermen. It has been estimated that full-time demersal fishers represent 62% of the
total number of fishers in the artisanal fisheries sector and account for 73% of total fish landings.
The number of persons employed in the land-based artisanal fisheries processing sector is
approximately 200 (including around 25 part time workers).
The artisanal fisheries, which are largely open access, provide the bulk of all fish consumed
locally. Catches in the commercial sector of the artisanal fishery have declined steadily from
4778 tons in 2008 to 2511 tons in 2012, but have increased to 4135 tons in 2013 (as a
consequence of an increase in effort). Landings of the sport and recreational sectors, which are
suspected to be significant, are however unknown.
The submarine banks of Seychelles form the basis of the artisanal fisheries, providing vital food
security, employment and high value trade commodities. The Mahé Plateau is of particular
importance. This shallow bank of some 39,000 km2 supports important demersal fisheries such
as: Lethrinidae, Lutjanidae, Scaridae, Serranidiae, and Siganidae. Some 100 species of demersal
fish are commonly caught. Also important are the sea cucumber, lobster and octopus fisheries.
The artisanal fisheries, practiced solely by Seychellois fishers, comprise a variety of vessel and
gear types. Although still used in a few near-shore areas, the traditional wooden canoes have
largely been replaced by more powerful craft. The fleet is now dominated by small fiberglass
boats powered by outboard motors (over 15 horsepower) and partially decked whaler vessels
powered by inboard motors. Until the introduction of the schooner fishery in 1974, the fleet was
largely restricted to near-shore fishing grounds on the Mahé Plateau, but now has moved further
offshore. The outlying coralline islands and atolls are less exploited. The main gear type
employed is hook and line, with bamboo traps, beach seines, droplines and longlines of lesser
importance. Spear guns and shark gill nets are prohibited in Seychelles, as is the use of trawl nets
to target demersal resources.
22
3.8.6.1.2 Semi-Industrial and Industrial Fisheries
Within the Seychelles EEZ, semi-industrial and industrial fishing is practiced by a combination
of fleets of local- and foreign-owned vessels, primarily capturing Bluefin and Bigeye tuna. Semi-
industrial fishing comprises locally-owned longliners plying techniques such as longlining,
handlining and droplining to land swordfish and tuna, whereas industrial fishing is comprised of
foreign-owned long-liners and purse seiners. Over 110,000 tons of fish were landed by semi-
industrial and industrial fishing within the Seychelles EEZ in 2013.
The semi-industrial fisheries have a large-pelagic longline component, a demersal hook and line
fishery and a sea cucumber diving component. Most of the fish from these fisheries, except for a
small proportion of linefish and tuna, is exported.
As a result of the semi-industrial and industrial fisheries within the Seychelles EEZ, the second
largest cannery in the world is the leading employer in the Seychelles, with a workforce of over
2,500.
3.8.7 Tourism and Recreation
A major contributor to the GDP of Seychelles is tourism, amounting to 25.6% in 2010, which is
an increase of 2.2% from 2007. The tourism industry directly employed 25% of the labor force
and generated in the order of $270 million per year in 2012.
The sport and the recreational sectors target demersal fish species. The sport fisheries are a
relatively small sector made up of licensed super ski boats, primarily taking tourists out for big
game fishing for species such as wahoo, dolphin fish, sailfish, tuna and marlin. The main gear
type used is trolling; however, some handline fishing for demersal species are also conducted. Its
contribution to the coastal livelihood is relatively unknown, as there are few data collected for
these fisheries. Similarly, the monitoring of recreational fisheries is virtually nonexistent, since
anyone can fish for leisure or as a hobby in Seychelles, and no license is required for recreational
fishing. Recreational fishers are mostly active during the evenings and weekends, and most of
this catch is commercialized.
3.8.8 Agriculture and Forestry
Due to the restrictive nature of land-based opportunities in Seychelles, agriculture and forestry
contribute considerably less to the GDP than the more lucrative tourism sector. There has
recently been a revival in the traditional exports of cinnamon and copra, as the government
provides incentives to the sector to increase productivity. The heavy reliance on the importation
of staple foods means that food security remains an issue. This is in spite of the country
becoming mostly self-sufficient in eggs, poultry and pork during the late 1990s.
Most agricultural practices are focused in the South of Mahé. They consist mainly of small-scale
commercial farming that is conducted in small open fields and greenhouse tunnels. The
mountainous terrain and low soil fertility of the Seychelles greatly reduce productivity in the
agricultural sector.
23
4.0 LEGAL, INSTITUTIONAL AND POLICY FRAMEWORK
This chapter discusses the Seychellois legal, institutional and policy framework applicable to the
SWIOFish3 Project.6 Given the nature of the Project, this chapter focuses on the Environmental
and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) process in the country, and the pertinent frameworks for
protected areas, the fisheries sector and the blue economy.
4.1 ESIA Process
4.1.1 Institutional Framework
The Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change (MEECC) is responsible for
administering the Environmental Protection Act, 2016 (Act 18 of 2016). The functions of the
Ministry are established in Section 4 of the Act, as follows:
(i) administer, implement and enforce the provisions of this Act;
(ii) develop and implement policies, programmes and guidelines in pursuance of the
national objectives on environment protection;
(iii) co-ordinate the activities of other agencies concerned with the protection of the
environment –
(a) under this Act; or
(b) under any other written law for the time being in force which relates to the objects
of this Act;
(iv) develop, evolve and where necessary adopt standards for the quality of the
environment in its various aspects and for emission or discharge of environmental
pollutants from any source whatsoever;
(v) commission research and sponsor studies on problems relating to environmental
pollution;
(vi) examine such manufacturing processes, materials and substances as are likely to
cause environmental pollution;
(vii) identify areas in which any activity shall not be carried out or shall be carried out
subject to certain safeguards;
(viii) develop, evolve and where necessary adopt procedures and safeguards for the
prevention of accidents which may cause environmental pollution and remedial
measures for such accidents;
(ix) collect and disseminate information in respect of matters relating to environmental
protection;
(x) co-ordinate actions required in a state of environmental emergency or any other
situation which may pose a serious threat to the environment; and
(xi) prepare manuals, codes or guidelines relating to environmental protection and for the
prevention, control and abatement of pollution.
The MEECC manages the ESIA process in the country, specifically through the Environmental
Assessment and Permit Section (EAPS) within the Department of Environment.
6 This chapter is based on the following sources: Carolus, 2015; SFA, 2016; and Vivid Economics, 2015a, with
some paragraphs following very closely the contents of Carolus, 2015.
24
4.1.2 Legal Framework
4.1.2.1 The Environment Protection Act, 2016
The Environment Protection Act, 2016 (Act 18 of 2016) provides for the protection,
preservation and improvement of the environment and for the control of hazards to human
beings, other living creatures, plants and property. The Act also provides for the coordination,
implementation and enforcement of policies pursuant to the national objectives on environment
protection.
Section 44 (1) of the Act establishes the requirement of an Environmental Authorization for any
development defined in the Act (e.g., land subdivisions, reclamation works, construction of new
roads or sea walls, etc.), any “prescribed project or activity” or any project or activity proposed
in a protected or ecologically sensitive area. The Environmental Authorization is granted or
denied based on the review of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Class I. Sections 45,
46 and 47 of the Act deal with EIAs.
Schedule 1 of the Environment Protection (Impact Assessment) Regulations of 1996, titled
“Projects or Activities Requiring Environmental Authorization,” lists the “prescribed projects
and activities” mentioned in the Act. Schedule 1 includes:
“4 Fish and associated products farming:
4-1 Fish farming works and extension, aquaculture.
4-2 Fish processing plants and equipment.”
Based on the above, the Seychellois environmental regulations require the preparation of an
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) for some of the types of sub-projects likely
to be included in Sub-component 3.2 (Expansion of the Sea-Food Value Chains) of the
SWIOFish3 Project (see Section 6.1, Chapter 6.0, for a list of potential sub-projects). The
Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for the Project complies with these
regulations by specifying the requirement of an ESIA for the types of fisheries sub-projects listed
in Schedule 1, even though these sub-projects fall under the Medium Risk category established
in the ESMF, and although these sub-projects would be categorized as Category B7 or Medium
Risk according to the World Bank safeguards policies (for the World Bank safeguards policies
applicable to the Project see Chapter 5.0, and for the environmental and social categorization of
sub-projects, see Chapter 6.).
Annex XII provides an overview of the ESIA process in Seychelles.
4.2 Protected Areas
The Convention on Biological Diversity is the main international commitment that Seychelles
has vis-a-vis Protected Areas. Seychelles committed to protection of 30% of its marine area in
7 The Draft Project Appraisal Document classifies the SWIOFish3 Project as Category B. Different World Bank
documents include small and medium scale fisheries and fisheries processing projects, such as those included in
SWIOFish3, in their illustrative list of Category B or Medium Risk projects (see, for instance, WB, 2008b, p.
14, and IFC, 1998, p. 20).
25
Rio+20 (2009). These obligations are furthered in the newly developed Protected Areas Policy
2013 and the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan 2015- 2020. Seychelles is also a
party to several other conventions or initiatives that concern protected areas, including
UNCLOS, the Ramsar (Wetlands) Convention, the World Heritage Convention, the Migratory
Species or Bonn Convention and the International Coral Reef Initiative.
4.2.1 Institutional Framework
The following institutions are involved in the management of marine protected areas:
Department of Environment within the Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change
(MEECC), the Seychelles National Parks Authority, the Seychelles Fishing Authority, the
Seychelles Islands Foundation and several Non Governmental Organizations, including Nature
Seychelles and the Islands Conservation Society.
4.2.2 Legal Framework
The following pieces of legislation are relevant:
National Parks and Nature Conservancy Act (1969): establishes 4 categories of protected
areas: Strict Nature Reserves, Special Reserves, National Parks, and Areas of Outstanding
Beauty. In addition, it established the National Environment Commission to coordinate all
activities in Seychelles, including activities of the Government, concerned with conservation
or management of the environment. The Commission can by order published in the Gazette,
designate any area as a National Park, a Strict Natural Reserve, a Special Reserve or an Area
of Outstanding Natural Beauty.
Fisheries Regulations (1987): make provision for protected areas where the use of any net,
which is operated by being dragged across the seabed is prohibited. In addition, foreign
vessels are prohibited from fishing within nine zones of the EEZ – Industrial Fishing
Exclusion Areas.
Protected Areas Act (1967): establishes that protected areas may be declared if it is found to
be necessary or expedient in the public interest that special precautions should be taken to
prevent the entry of unauthorized persons to such areas, place or premises.
Beach Control Act (1971): Regulations for controlling use of the seashore and inshore
waters, which includes prohibition or regulation of fishing by such means as may be
prescribed within designated areas of the inshore waters of the sea.
Forest Reserves Act (1995), which allows the designation of forest reserves and stipulates
permits and penalties related to destruction, removal of any trees, wood or forest produce.
Written permits issued by the Chief Agricultural Officer are required for movement within
forest reserves, including being accompanied by a forest officer of delegate.
Wild Birds Protection Act (1966) lists the nature reserves and the birds that are protected
from purchase, sell or exhibit for sale, or export and tampering with the eggs or nests.
26
4.2.3 Policy Framework
4.2.3.1 Debt-for-Climate-Adaptation Swap and marine spatial planning
Seychelles has embarked on the debt-for-climate-adaptation swap that redirects a portion of
Seychelles’ debt payments to fund nature-based solutions to climate change. The redirected
portion of the debt service goes through an independent public-private trust fund call the
Seychelles Conservation and Climate Adaptation Trust (SeyCCAT), which was established by a
bill in 2016. The primary mechanism is to improve the ecological resilience through a
commitment by Seychelles to protect 30% of its marine area. To identify areas for protection, the
MEECC is leading the Seychelles Marine Spatial Planning (MSP) initiative, a multistakeholder
planning process supported by The Nature Conservancy. The MSP initiative aims to identify and
protect high and medium biodiversity areas (about 15% of coverage of each in the EEZ) and to
define compatible uses for each area, including fisheries.
4.2.3.2 Seychelles Protected Areas Policy (2013)
The vision of the Policy is to have a Protected Areas System on land and in the sea that protects
and conserves high quality, comprehensive and ecologically representative examples of
Seychelles natural diversity and cultural heritage, and that provides ample opportunities for the
fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising from the sustainable use of these resources.
The principal goal of the policy is to achieve an effective and multi-use protected area system
that is representative, comprehensive and balanced, and to maintain the highest quality examples
of ecosystems within the country by engaging all stakeholders.
The Policy establishes the following five categories of protected areas: (i) Strict Nature Reserve
(IUCN Ia); (ii) Ecological Reserve (IUCN IV); (iii) National Park (IUCN II); (iv) Protected
Landscape/Seascape (IUCN V); and (v) Sustainable Use Area (IUCN VI).
Legislation that gives effect to the policy has been drafted (the Nature Protection and
Conservancy Bill) and is expected to be presented for review by the National Assembly in 2017.
4.2.3.3 Seychelles Sustainable Development Strategy 2012-2020
The Strategy sets out goals and corresponding strategic objectives in the thematic area of
Biodiversity and Forestry. The two goals are as follows: (i) Goal 1: conserve and manage
terrestrial and aquatic biodiversity to ensure sustainable use and equitable benefits to the people;
and (ii) Goal 2: Improve our understanding of biological diversity and ecosystem functioning in
a changing environment.
4.2.3.4 National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP) 2015-2020
The NBSAP addresses Seychelles’ obligations under Article 6a of the Convention on Biological
Diversity. It establishes climate change as a cross-cutting threat and complicating factor in
assessing priority threats to terrestrial biodiversity and is also seen as a major threat to the
27
conservation and sustainable use of marine biodiversity, in particular the biodiverse habitat of
coral reefs. Furthermore, the document sees overfishing as the primary threat in marine
ecosystems. The combined effect of overfishing and raised sea temperatures is discussed with
regards to the impact on reef systems.
The NBSAP further discusses the legal basis and classification of the Seychelles Protected Area
Network, as well as problem areas such as its representative nature, the shortfalls in Marine
Protected Areas, management issues and lack of sustainable financing mechanisms.
4.3 Fisheries
4.3.1 Institutional Framework
The Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries (MAF) is responsible for providing policy directions
for the fisheries sector. The Seychelles Fishing Authority (SFA), a line agency of MAF, is the
executive arm of government for fisheries. SFA was incorporated by the Seychelles Fishing
Authority (Establishment) Act of 1984, which specifies that the role of the parastatal is to: (i)
promote, organize and develop fishing, fishing industries and fishing resources in Seychelles; (ii)
assist in the formulation and the implementation of the national policy with respect to fishing,
fishing industries and fishing resources; (iii) conduct negotiations, or engage in meetings,
seminars or discussions, with regard to fishing or fisheries or the establishment or operation of
fishing industries, whether at a national or international level, on behalf of the Republic or
otherwise; and (iv) identity the manpower training requirements of Seychelles with regard to
fishing and fishing industries.
4.3.2 Legal Framework
4.3.2.1 Fisheries Act (2014)
The Fisheries Act (2014) provides for the management and sustainable development of fisheries,
including aquaculture. The Fisheries Act (2014) also makes provision for the licensing of fishing
vessels, the regulation and enforcement of fishing activities, and offences. The Act provides SFA
with the mandate to manage and sustainable develop fisheries in accordance with: (1)
internationally recognized norms, standards and best practices, including the United Nations
Convention on the Law of the Sea (1982) and the FAO Code of Conduct for Responsible
Fisheries 1995; and (ii) an ecosystem approach to fisheries which ensures that the development
and management of fisheries addresses the multiple needs and desires of the society without
jeopardizing the options for future generations to benefit from the full range of goods and
services provided by marine ecosystems. The Fisheries Act seeks to implement the international
and regional fisheries obligations that Seychelles is party to, including Conservation and
Management Measures of the Indian Ocean Tuna Commission. Under the Act, the SFA has the
mandate to prepare and keep under review a plan for the management of fisheries. To this end,
the Praslin Artisanal Trap and Line Fishery Co-Management Plan 2013 (revised in 2015) has
been developed and the Mahé Plateau Trap and Line Fishery Co-management Plan is its final
stages of preparation. A Mariculture Master Plan (MMP) is currently being developed.
28
4.3.2.2 Fisheries Regulations (1987)
The Fisheries Regulations (1987) were prepared under the previous Fisheries Act (1987) and are
in the process of being revised to conform to the 2014 Act. Until such time, the provisions of the
1987 Regulations remain in force.
Some relevant provisions are contained in the following 15 regulations: (i) requirements and
conditions of license for a fishing vessel (Regs 3 and 6); (ii) designation of No fishing Zones
(First Schedule); (iii) licenses for use of nets, including demersal nets (Regs 10 and 14); (iv)
designation of protected areas where the use of any net which is operated by being dragged
across the sea bed is prohibited (Reg 15); (v) prohibition to place any net in any reef pass or
channel in such a way as to obstruct the passage of fish (Reg 16); (vi) prohibition on use,
possession, sale of a spear gun for fishing (Reg 18); (vii) licensing of fishing sea cucumbers (Reg
19A); (viii) regulation on female crustaceans (Reg 20); (ix) return to the sea of protected
aquatic organism unintentionally caught (Reg 22); (x) protection of fish or other aquatic
organism from in any net, trap, line, fish aggregating device or other fishing gear (Reg 23); (xi)
aquaculture (Reg 24); (xii) prohibition on landing or transhipping of any fish caught contrary to
international management measures (Reg 24A); and (xiii) the regulation of live trade of wild
finfish and other marine species ( Reg 25A). Foreign vessels are prohibited from fishing within
nine zones within the EEZ, termed the Industrial Fishing Exclusion Areas.
4.3.2.3 Licenses (Fisheries) Regulations (1987)
The regulations, prepared under the Licenses Act 2010, provide for the licensing of foreign and
local fishing vessels.
4.3.2.4 Other Relevant Legislation for the Management of Fisheries
and Marine Resources
These pieces of legislation include:
The Maritime Zones Act (1999), which establishes the boundaries for Seychelles’ maritime
zones, the territorial sea, archipelagic waters, contiguous zone as well as the exclusive
economic zone and the continental shelf;
The Environment Protection Act (1994), which serves to ensure that all development and
activities, including fisheries, are subject to environmental controls; and
The National Parks and Nature Conservancy Act (1969), which provides the legal instrument
to establish and manage marine protected areas for fisheries conservation, as well as other
purposes.
4.3.3 Policy Framework
4.3.3.1 Fisheries Policy
The Fisheries Policy 2005 remains the guiding policy for the sector with the main aim of
promoting conservation and management of marine resources in order to ensure the
sustainability and long-term viability of the industry. The policy emphasizes the importance of a
29
precautionary approach to management. Specific policy objectives include the promotion of
sustainable management and responsible fishing practices, and the development of the sector to
provide food security, employment, income, and foreign exchange earnings, while ensuring the
effective protection of the marine ecosystem. It further seeks to maintain Port Victoria as the
major hub for tuna landings and transshipment in the region, and to encourage greater use of the
port by longliners, through investments in port infrastructure, services and processing.
The Seychelles National Agricultural Investment Plan (SNAIP) 2015-2020, which aligns with
the National Food and Nutrition Security Policy (2013), identifies programs of support for the
fisheries and aquaculture sector. The Seychelles Sustainable Development Strategy (2012-2020)
also sets out goals and corresponding strategic objectives in the thematic area of Fisheries and
Marine Resources. The two goals are as follows: (i) Goal 1: manage demersal, semi-pelagic and
pelagic resources in the Seychelles EEZ sustainably; (ii) Goal 2: develop a sustainable
mariculture industry in Seychelles.
As mandated by the Fisheries Act (2014) and to meet policy aims and objectives, SFA is
required to maintain active fisheries management plans. While many fisheries are regulated, in
terms of licensing and technical measures, operational fisheries management plans, developed
and implemented in accordance with international best practice, are currently lacking. To address
this, SFA have recently collaborated with stakeholders to draft the Praslin Artisanal Trap and
Line Fishery Co-Management Plan 2013 (revised in 2015) and the Mahé Plateau Trap and Line
Fishery Co-management Plan. Measures that will be introduced by the plans in early phases
include the development of a fishery-specific licensing framework, with the ultimate objective of
ending open access, as well as minimum size limits for key species and recreational fishery bag
limits. Both plans are pending implementation. A fishery co-management plan for sea cucumber
will also be supported under SWIOFish3, as well as a tuna fishery development plan that will
address fleet capacity management.
The development of an aquaculture sector has been prioritized by the Seychelles government as a
core component of the Blue Economy. A MMP has been drafted by SFA and MAF, which
describes the strategic development of an aquaculture industry across four different zones – land-
based, inshore, aquaculture development zone and offshore. A detailed Environmental and Social
impact Assessment has been completed for implementation of the MMP.
4.4 Blue Economy
4.4.1 Institutional Framework
Seychelles has adopted a strategic development agenda built conceptually on the blue economy,
which recognises the challenges of reconciling economic growth while maintaining the integrity
of socio-ecological systems. The concept was formally launched at the First Blue Economy
Summit co-hosted by Seychelles and Abu Dhabi in 2014. A focus on the blue economy aims to
support implementation of the Paris Climate Change Agreement and Sustainable Development
Goal 14 on the Oceans, and its related targets. The importance of the ocean to sustainable
economic development was recognized by the formation of a Department of the Blue Economy,
under the Ministry of Finance, Trade and the Blue Economy, in 2015. In late 2016, the
30
Department migrated to the Office of the Vice-President. Seychelles has prepared a National
Blue Economy Roadmap to support its transition to a more integrated and sustainable ocean-
based economy.
4.4.2 Legal and Policy Framework
The blue economy concept seeks to work with existing legal and institutional structures for
ocean-based sectors rather than create parallel structures. The blue economy roadmap, currently
being developed, aims to increase the data and knowledge on ocean habitats and ensure
knowledge-based integration of policy and development across the two main sectors of
economy, namely fisheries and tourism. The roadmap will focus on improved fisheries
management through equitable, non-subsidized and sustainable practices. Protective measures
will be enhanced, including improvements to monitoring and surveillance tools. Capacity
building, research and innovation are central components. The Department of Blue Economy is
also supporting the development of new ocean-based economies, in particular renewable
energies, marine biotechnology and aquaculture.
31
5.0 APPLICABLE WORLD BANK SAFEGUARDS POLICIES
The SWIOFish3 Project is classified as Category B in the World Bank Draft Project Appraisal
Document, indicating that moderate and minor negative environmental and social impacts and
risks are anticipated.
Table 5.0 identifies the World Bank safeguard policies triggered by the Project and explains
why.
Table 5.0
Applicable World Bank Safeguards Policies
Safeguard
Policies Triggered? Explanation
Environmental
Assessment
OP/BP 4.01
Yes Sub-component 3.2: Expansion of the Sea-Food Value Chains includes funding of sub-projects
dealing potentially with aquaculture, facilities to process fish and fish byproducts, facilities for
cold storage, and service enterprises for cold storage and cold-chain maintenance, vessel
services and vessel refitting.
All of the above potential sub-projects are small to medium scale. As elaborated in Chapter 6.0,
they are likely to generate minor to moderate negative environmental and social impacts and
risks that can be prevented and managed with standard mitigation measures.
The Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) identifies the likely impacts
and risks of the SWIOFish3 Project, which will be overwhelmingly positive, and provides
procedures to screen sub-projects, determine the level of environmental and social assessment
required for each sub-project based on identified impacts and risks, and oversee the
environmental and social performance of sub-projects during implementation.
Natural
Habitats
OP/BP 4.04
Yes SWIOFish3 Project activities included in Components 1 and 2 involve capacity building and
technical assistance, research, monitoring and control of natural resources and economic
activities, improvement of the fisheries statistics system, finalization and approval of marine
resources management and co-management plans, and improvement of the regulatory
framework for fisheries and protected areas. All these activities will lead to the improved
management and protection of marine and coastal ecosystems that serve as habitats for fauna
species of commercial and recreational value, as well as species important to overall ecosystem
health and functioning.
Under Sub-component 3.2: Expansion of the Sea-Food Value Chains, aquaculture sub-projects
are potentially eligible for funding. The likely sites for these projects are certain pre-established
coastal and marine areas, some of which are natural habitats for aquatic fauna. As stipulated in
Seychelles environmental regulatory framework, the ESMF requires the preparation of an
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for each of these sub-projects.
Forests OP/BP
4.36
No The SWIOFish3 Project will not be implemented in forested areas.
Pest
Management
OP 4.09
No The SWIOFish3 Project does not require the use of pesticides.
Physical
Cultural
Resources
OP/BP 4.11
No There are no comprehensive surveys of shipwrecks in Seychelles (SFA, 2016, p. 97) and a
recent study found no records or publications on maritime or terrestrial archaeological work in
Seychelles (Ibid).
The development of the small and medium scale aquaculture sub-projects likely to receive
financing under the SWIOFish3 Project will not disturb the sea floor where shipwrecks might
be found.
Indigenous
Peoples
OP/BP 4.10
No There are no indigenous peoples settled in the area of implementation of the SWIOFish3
Project.
32
Safeguard
Policies Triggered? Explanation
Involuntary
Resettlement
OP/BP 4.12
Yes Sub-component 2.1: Fisheries Management Plans and Sub-component 1.1: Expansion of the
Medium Biodiversity Areas involve support in developing and implementing fisheries co-
management plans and the marine spatial plan, as well as their associated regulatory
frameworks. Although these sub-components will lead to the sustainable management of
marine resources, in the short to medium term they will affect the livelihoods of fishing- and
tourist-related enterprises, communities and individuals that currently have open access to the
areas and resources that will be subjected to much stricter protection, management and
regulation. In addition, the fleet licensing scheme included in the fisheries co-management
plans will result in the decommissioning from service of some fishing and tourism vessels, and
the consequent displacement from fishing and tourism activities of affected vessel owners,
operators and fishers.
Following the guidelines established in OP/BP 4.12, a separate report includes a Process
Framework to address the impacts of the restriction of access to marine and coastal areas and
resources.
Safety of
Dams OP/BP
4.37
No The SWIOFish3 Project does not involve the construction, rehabilitation or upgrade of dams.
Projects on
International
Waterways
OP/BP 7.50
No The SWIOFish3 Project will not be implemented on international waterways.
Projects in
Disputed
Areas
OP/BP7.60
No The SWIOFish3 Project will not be implemented in disputed areas.
33
6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
(ESMF)
The Environmental and Social Management Framework is “… an instrument that examines the
risks and impacts when a project consists of a program and/or series of sub-projects, and the
risks and impacts cannot be determined until the program or sub-project details have been
identified. The ESMF sets out the principles, rules, guidelines and procedures to assess the
environmental and social risks and impacts. It contains measures and plans to reduce, mitigate
and/or offset adverse risks and impacts, provisions for estimating and budgeting the costs of such
measures, and information on the agency or agencies responsible for addressing project risks and
impacts, including on its capacity to manage environmental and social risks and impacts” (WB,
2016b, p. 39).
This chapter develops the detailed ESMF for the SWIOFish3 Project. It consists of ten sections.
Section 6.1 identifies the Project sub-component activities and possible types of sub-projects
likely to receive funding and anticipated to produce negative impacts and risks. The aim of this
exercise is to ensure that the ESMF is responsive to the characteristics of the Project and
facilitate the design of the ESMF.
Section 6.2 explains the structure of the ESMF, identifies the steps involved in its application,
indicates when each step of the ESMF should be implemented in relation to each of the phases of
the likely generic project cycles of the Seychelles Conservation and Climate Adaptation Trust
(SeyCCAT) and the Development Bank of Seychelles (DBS), and identifies the tools used in
each step of the ESMF process.
Sections 6.3 to 6.7 describe the implementation tools, the timing of application of the tools, the
institutional responsibilities and the supporting documentation associated with, respectively,
each of the following ESMF steps: (i) Environmental and Social Screening; (ii) Environmental
and Social Scoping; (iii) Execution of Environmental and Social Studies; (iv) Incorporation of
Environmental and Social Sustainability into the Sub-Project Procurement Process; and (v)
Environmental and Social Compliance Oversight.
Section 6.8 details the institutional arrangements for the implementation of the ESMF.
Section 6.9 describes the Conflict Resolution Mechanism for the ESMF.
Section 61.0 discusses considerations for the development of the budget for the management of
the ESMF, and the training and technical assistance activities related to environmental and social
management.
6.1 Sub-Project Activities and Possible Sub-Projects Types that Raise
Environmental and Social Concerns
The overall environmental and social impact of the SWIOFish3 Project will be positive, with
many of the activities included in its sub-components likely to pose minimal or no negative
impacts or risks, such as those involving capacity building and technical assistance, research,
34
monitoring and control of natural resources and economic activities, improvement of the
fisheries statistics system, and finalization and approval of marine resources management and
co-management plans. However, some sub-component activities as well as some types of sub-
projects likely to receive funding under SWIOFish3 have the potential to generate negative
environmental and social impacts and risks, mostly of minor to moderate magnitude, because
they involve the construction of physical structures, limitation of access to economic activities
associated with the use of marine resources, capture and cultivation of fish species not currently
exploited commercially, and operation of fish and fish byproducts processing facilities that
utilize hazardous and toxic materials and release organic and chemical contaminants. Annex I
lists the potential positive impacts as well as the potential negative impacts and risks of the
Project.
In order to ensure that the ESMF is tailor-made to the characteristics of the SWIOFish3 Project,
Table 6.1 below identifies the various activities and sub-project types likely to receive funding
and anticipated to produce negative impacts and risks. This exercise will facilitate the
organization of the ESMF in terms of potential impacts and risks, as well as their management
measures and strategies.
Table 6.1 is based on the Project components and sub-components described in Section 2.3,
Chapter 2.0, and the more detailed potential sub-project types included in the following
documents, which are attached as Annex II: draft Project Budget, Tentative Green List of
Investments under the Blue Bond, and Ideas for Potential Grants Made by SeyCCAT from Blue
Bond Proceeds (20%).
35
Table 6.1
Sub-Project Activities and Possible Sub-Projects Types that Raise Environmental and Social Concerns
Project Sub-
Component
Sub-Component Activities/Possible Sub-
Projects
Environmental and Social Concerns
Sub-
component 2.1:
Fisheries
Management
Plans.
Sub-
component 1.1:
Expansion of
the Medium
Biodiversity
Areas
Implementation of management plans and
associated regulatory frameworks
Implementation of the Fisheries Management Plans and the Marine Spatial Plan will
limit the open access8 that fishers and tourist users currently have to practically all
marine areas, with the exception of protected areas. At present, there are virtually no
restrictions regarding the species and amount of fish caught, or the seasonality of the
capture. For example, some of the management strategies introduced in the Mahé
Plateau Demersal Trap and Line Fishery Co-Management Plan include the
development and implementation of a fishing license framework for fishing and tourism
fleets, minimum size limits for key species, recreational bag limits for some key
species, a recreational combined bag limit, a maximum number of active traps for
licensed vessels for commercial fishing, among others (pp. 12-27).
The additional Fisheries Co-Management Plans for Sea Cucumber and Tuna to be
developed with support from Sub-Component 2.1 will also contain strategies that will
restrict open access to these fish resources. Likewise, the proposed zoning types for
Seychelles’ Exclusive Economic Zone, as defined in the preliminary zoning design of
the marine spatial planning exercise, comprise areas with highly restrictive human uses
in the high biodiversity zones and moderate restrictions in the medium biodiversity
zones. Further, the SWIOFish3 Project will also support the extension of medium
biodiversity areas and the preparation of management plans and corresponding
regulations for these areas.
Although the above actions will lead to a sustainable management of marine resources,9
in the short to medium term they will affect the livelihoods of fishing- and tourist-
related enterprises, communities and individuals that currently use the areas and
resources that will be subjected to much stricter protection, management and regulation.
In addition, the fleet licensing scheme to be implemented will result in the
decommissioning from service of some fishing and tourism vessels, and the consequent
displacement from fishing and tourism activities of affected vessel owners, operators
and fishers.
The impact of this restriction of access to marine and coastal areas and resources has
not been established, requiring therefore the preparation of a Process Framework, which
is the subject of a separate report.
8 Fisheries in the country are open access, meaning that they are “… restricted only in the sense that vessels must be registered in the Seychelles. Other than
nationality, the other principal control is a prohibition on spear fishing. There are no controls over effort or catch” (Vivid Economics, 2015a, p. 2). 9 Annex I lists the potential positive environmental and social impacts of the SWIOFish3 Project by Component.
36
Project Sub-
Component
Sub-Component Activities/Possible Sub-
Projects
Environmental and Social Concerns
Sub-
component 3.2:
Expansion of
the Sea-Food
Value Chains
The proceeds from the Blue Bond will be
managed by: (i) Seychelles Conservation and
Climate Adaptation Trust (SeyCCAT), which
will provide grants to public and private entities
on a call for proposal basis; and (ii) the
Development Bank of Seychelles (DBS), which
will provide loans through the Blue Investment
Fund (BIF) to be created under the Project.
Potential Investments in different sectors are as
follows:
Aquaculture:
Pump-ashore flow-through systems and
recirculating aquaculture systems of sea
urchins, pearl oyster spat, ornamental finfish
and finfish fingerlings in land based zone.
Small scale cage aquaculture of finfish and
longline pearl oysters in inshore zone (i.e.,
sea-based areas within 2 km of the islands of
Mahé, Praslin, La Digue, potentially
Silhouette and Romainville).
Cage aquaculture of finfish in aquaculture
development zones (i.e., located between 2
and 5 km from shore).
Large scale, industrial cage aquaculture of
finfish in offshore zone (i.e., beyond 5 km
from shore).10
Processing Facilities:
Facilities for processing of fish, fish byproducts
(e.g., oil, collagen, amino acid, mineral
production, etc.) and cold storage, such as those
existing and being built at Providence Fish
Center, Ile du Port Handling Services (IPHS) in
Port Victoria and Bel Ombre. The Providence
Fish Center will also host the Seychelles
Annex I indicates the potential impacts and risks of this type of sub-Project, and lists
adequate mitigation measures.
At all processing facilities, there is no clear information on the level of treatment, if
any, that wastes will receive before they are discharged into the public sewerage
system.
Dealing specifically with the wastes from the facilities located at IPHS, it seems that the
public sewage treatment system serving this area is close to saturation and, therefore, it
might be able to process only part of those wastes.
Also at the IPHS, the first phase of construction activities, slated for completion in
10
These aquaculture production systems and aquaculture zones are defined in the Mariculture Master Plan (SFA, 2016, pp. 3-7)
37
Project Sub-
Component
Sub-Component Activities/Possible Sub-
Projects
Environmental and Social Concerns
broodstock quarantine and acclimation facility.
Services:
Ancillary enterprises for cold storage and cold-
chain maintenance, and small- to medium-scale
enterprises for agencies providing vessels
services (e.g. stevedoring, chandlery).
Refitting vessels for tourism, longline tuna
fishing, and under- or unexploited fisheries.
April or May 2017, before the start of implementation of the SWIOFish3 Project, are
underway to build part of the internal road network and install part of the water,
sewerage and electricity services. The environmental and social oversight of the
SWIOFish3 Project will include the second phase of these construction works, since
they are part of the ancillary services essential for the operation of the fish processing
facilities and to ensure that those works comply with environmental, social, health and
safety standards.
Annex I indicates the potential impacts and risks of this type of sub-Project, and lists
adequate mitigation measures
Annex I indicates the potential impacts and risks of this type of sub-Project, and lists
adequate mitigation measures
38
6.2 Structure of ESMF
The ESMF for the SWIOFish3 Project comprises the following five steps:
1. Environmental and Social Screening.
2. Environmental and Social Scoping.
3. Execution of Environmental and Social Studies.
4. Incorporation of Environmental and Social Sustainability into the Sub-Project Procurement
Process.
5. Environmental and Social Compliance Oversight.
Each ESMF step: i) contains particular tools that serve as practical mechanisms to implement the
respective step; ii) specifies institutional responsibilities for the application of each
implementation tool; and iii) includes instruments and/or documents to assist in the application
of the tools.
Table 6.2 below provides an overview of the ESMF process. It indicates when each step of the
ESMF should be implemented in relation to each phase of the likely generic project cycles at
SeyCCAT and DBS’ Blue Investment Fund that will be used in the management of the proceeds
from the Blue Bond, identifies the types of sub-projects to which each step applies, points out the
tools to use in each step, identifies the institutional responsibilities in the application of each
ESMF step and indicates the documents included as part of the ESMF to support the application
of each step.
6.3 Environmental and Social Screening
All sub-projects included in sub-component 3.2 (expansion of the sea-food value chains) of the
SWIOFish3 Project will undergo Environmental and Social Screening. Table 6.1 above contains
a list of potential sub-projects likely to receive funding under the Project in the aquaculture,
processing facilities and services sectors. This step will take place during the prequalification
phase of both the SeyCCAT and DBS’s Blue Investment Fund (BIF) project cycles.
All SWIOFish3 activities included in components 1 and 2, which involve capacity building and
technical assistance, research, monitoring and control of natural resources and economic
activities, improvement of the fisheries statistics system, and finalization and approval of marine
resources management and co-management plans,11
will not be subject to further environmental
and social screening because they pose negligible or null environmental and social risks.
11
The impacts related to the restriction of access to marine and coastal areas and resources, and the displacement
from fishing and tourism activities of decommissioned vessels, both resulting from the implementation of the
fisheries co-management plans and the marine spatial plan exercise and their associated regulatory frameworks,
will be the subject of the Process Framework developed as a separate report.
39
Table 6.2
Overview of ESMF Process
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Types of Sub-
Projects to Which
Step Applies
Tools to Implement
ESMF Step
Institutional Responsibilities in Implementing
ESMF Step
Documents/Tools to Support
PIU in Implementation of
ESMF Step
Prequalification Environmental
and Social
Screening
Aquaculture,
fisheries and
fisheries-associated
processing facilities
and services (see
illustrative list of
sub-projects in
Table 6.1)
Environmental
and Social
Screening Tools
Form (Annex III)
SeyCCAT and BIF send sub-project proposals
to PIU.
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant completes Environmental
and Social Screening Tools Form.
PIU Project Coordinator approves
Environmental and Social Screening Tools
Form.
PIU notifies SeyCCAT and BIF when a
particular sub-project proposal is ineligible for
funding from the environmental and social
point of view after completing Exclusion List
included in Screening Tools Form.
Potential Environmental and
Social Impacts and Risks of
Aquaculture and Fisheries
Sub-Projects, and Mitigation
Measures (Annex I)
Selection Environmental
and Social
Scoping
Aquaculture,
fisheries and
fisheries-associated
processing facilities
and services (see
illustrative list of
sub-projects in
Table 6.1)
Environmental
and Social
Scoping Form
(Annex IV)
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant completes Environmental
and Social Scoping Form.
PIU Project Coordinator approves
Environmental and Social Scoping Form.
For aquaculture and fish processing sub-
projects listed in Schedule 1 of Environment
Protection (Impact Assessment) Regulations of
1996, PIU requests MEECC to prepare TOR
for ESIA, as required by Regulations. Once
available, PIU sends TOR to, as applicable,
SeyCCAT or BIF.
For medium risk sub-projects, PIU prepares
TORs for Contractor’s Site-Specific ESMP and
Site-Specific HSMP. For low-risk sub-projects,
PIU prepares list of applicable mitigation
measures.
PIU notifies SeyCCAT and BIF of
environmental and social analysis required for
TOR for ESIA (Annex V).
TOR for Contractor’s Site-
Specific ESMP and Site-
Specific HSMP (Annex VI).
Potential Environmental and
Social Impacts and Risks of
Aquaculture and Fisheries
Sub-Projects, and Mitigation
Measures (Annex I).
ESHS Technical
Specifications for
Construction (Annex X).
40
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Types of Sub-
Projects to Which
Step Applies
Tools to Implement
ESMF Step
Institutional Responsibilities in Implementing
ESMF Step
Documents/Tools to Support
PIU in Implementation of
ESMF Step
each sub-project proposal, attaching completed
Environmental and Social Scoping Form and,
as applicable, TORs for studies required. In
addition, for low risk sub-projects, PIU sends
list of pertinent mitigation measures to
SeyCCAT and BIF.
Preparation Execution of
Environmental
and Social
Studies
Aquaculture and
fish processing sub-
projects listed in
Schedule 1 of
Environment
Protection (Impact
Assessment)
Regulations of 1996
MEECC reviews ESIA and makes a
determination as to whether or not to issue an
Environmental Authorization for
implementation of sub-project.
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant plays a supporting role in
review of ESIAs, providing comments to
MEECC on quality and completeness of each
ESIA.
Due Diligence Checklist for
ESIA Report (Annex VII).
Bidding and
Contract
Negotiation
Incorporation
of
Environmental
and Social
Sustainability
into sub-
projects
Procurement
Process
Aquaculture and
fish processing sub-
projects listed in
Schedule 1 of
Environment
Protection (Impact
Assessment)
Regulations of
1996.
Moderate risk sub-
projects.
ESHS Criteria for
Evaluation of Bid
Proposals (Annex
VIII).
ESHS Conditions
of Particular
Application
(Annex IX).
ESHS Technical
Specifications for
Construction
(Annex X).
PIU provides SeyCCAT and BIF with ESHS
Criteria for Evaluation of Bid Proposals for
inclusion in their bid evaluation documents.
Based on negotiations with SeyCCAT and BIF,
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant may participate in
technical committees for evaluation of bid
proposals.
PIU provides SeyCCAT and BIF with ESHS
Conditions of Particular Application and ESHS
Technical Specifications for Construction for
inclusion in works contracts.
Sub-Project
Implementation
Environmental
and Social
Compliance
Oversight
Aquaculture and
fish processing sub-
projects listed in
Schedule 1 of
Environment
Protection (Impact
Assessment)
Regulations of
1996.
Environmental
and Social
Compliance
Report (Annex
XI).
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant conducts site visits to
evaluate environmental and social performance
of sub-projects using Environmental and Social
Compliance Report. These site visits may be
coordinated with inspections by MEECC staff.
PIU sends a copy of completed Environmental
and Social Compliance Report to pertinent
Contractor and Supervising Engineer, as well as,
41
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Types of Sub-
Projects to Which
Step Applies
Tools to Implement
ESMF Step
Institutional Responsibilities in Implementing
ESMF Step
Documents/Tools to Support
PIU in Implementation of
ESMF Step
Moderate risk sub-
projects.
as applicable, SeyCCAT or BIF.
In instances of serious and pervasive
noncompliances with environmental and social
requirements, PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant coordinates with
Supervising Engineer, SeyCCAT, BIF, MEECC
and/or any other pertinent authority to bring
sites into compliance.
KEY: BIF: Development Bank of Seychelles’ Blue Investment Fund .ESHS: Environmental, Social, Health and Safety. ESIA: Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment. ESMP: Environmental and Social Management Plan. HSMP: Health and Safety Management Plan. MEECC: Ministry of Environment, Energy
and Climate Change. PIU: Project Implementation Unit at Ministry of Finance, Trade and Economic Planning. SeyCCAT: Seychelles Conservation and Climate
Adaptation Trust. TOR: Terms of Reference.
42
The Environmental and Social Screening Tools Form (see Annex III) will serve to implement
this step. The tools comprise the Exclusion List and, as applicable depending on the nature of the
sub-project proposal, the Screening Checklist for Potential Adverse Impacts and Risks of
Aquaculture Sub-Projects or the Screening Checklist for Potential Adverse Impacts and Risks of
Fisheries and Fisheries-Associated Processing Facilities and Services Sub-Projects. In addition,
the Environmental and Social Screening Tools Form includes a summary of the proposed sub-
project.
The Exclusion List will identify sub-project proposals that are not eligible to receive funding
from the SWIOFish3 Project because they involve unauthorized activities or pose significant
negative environmental or social impacts and risks, such as, among others, significant
socioeconomic impacts involving involuntary resettlement and significant conversion or
degradation of critical natural habitats. Therefore, these sub-projects will be excluded from
further funding consideration by the Project.
The information collected through the Screening Checklists will serve as the basis for the initial
identification of potential environmental and social impacts and risks of sub-project proposals,
which will become in turn an essential input for the environmental and social scoping of
proposals, which constitutes the next step of the environmental and social management
framework.
The Environmental and Social Specialist at the PIU or, if applicable, a Consultant hired by the
PIU, will complete the Environmental and Social Screening Tools Form. The PIU Project
Coordinator will give final approval to the completed form. Once completed, the Environmental
and Social Screening Tools Form will be an attachment to the sub-project proposal.
6.4 Environmental and Social Scoping
Sub-project proposals found eligible from the socio-environmental standpoint to apply for
funding after undergoing screening will be subjected to environmental and social scoping. This
step involves the environmental and social categorization of proposed sub-projects and, based on
the assigned category, the determination of the type of environmental and social analysis
applicable to each proposal. This step will take place during the selection phase of both the
SeyCCAT and DBS’s BIF project cycles.
The Environmental and Social Specialist at the PIU or, if applicable, a Consultant hired by the
PIU, will be responsible for implementing this step, including proposing a category, conducting
the scoping and, when applicable, preparing the terms of reference (TOR) for the necessary
environmental and social analysis for each sub-project. These outcomes of the scoping step will
undergo consultation with the Environmental Assessment and Permit Section (EAPS) of the
Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change (MEECC). In the particular case of TORs
for Environmental and Social Impact Assessments (ESIAs), the MEECC through the EAPS must
give its formal approval as national environmental authority. The PIU Project Coordinator must
approve all the documentation associated with the application of this step.
43
The Environmental and Social Scoping Form (see Annex IV) is the tool to apply in the
implementation of this step. It contains procedures to determine the significance of the risks
identified in the Environmental and Social Screening step for each sub-project proposal,
categorize the proposal based on its overall risk significance, and identify the environmental and
social analysis required according to the particular category of the proposal.
In completing this form, the PIU Environmental and Social Specialist or Consultant may need to
consult secondary information sources, other specialists at the MFTEP or at the other co-
implementing ministries (i.e., Ministry of Fisheries and Agriculture, and MEECC), and/or the
sub-project proponent. Further, it may be necessary to conduct site visits if the environmental
and social information available is insufficient or if the sub-project is likely to cause significant
negative risks.
The categorization of sub-projects is as follows:12, 13
“Low Risk: Projects that include activities with minimal or no risks of adverse social or
environmental impacts.
Moderate Risk: Projects that include activities with potential adverse social and
environmental risks and impacts, that are limited in scale, can be identified with a reasonable
12
These categories are equivalent to those used by the World Bank to classify projects from the environmental
and social standpoint. A category C project, equivalent to the low risk category, “…is likely to have minimal or
no adverse environmental impacts. Beyond screening, no further EA [environmental assessment] action is
required for a Category C project” (World Bank, 2013, p. 2). A category B project, equivalent to the moderate
risk category, has “… potential adverse environmental impacts on human populations or environmentally
important areas--including wetlands, forests, grasslands, and other natural habitats--are less adverse than those
of Category A projects. These impacts are site-specific; few if any of them are irreversible; and in most cases
mitigatory measures can be designed more readily than for Category A projects. The scope of EA for a
Category B project may vary from project to project, but it is narrower than that of Category A EA” (Ibid). A
category A project, equivalent to the high risk category, “…is likely to have significant adverse environmental
impacts that are sensitive, diverse, or unprecedented. These impacts may affect an area broader than the sites or
facilities subject to physical works. EA for a Category A project examines the project's potential negative and
positive environmental impacts, compares them with those of feasible alternatives (including the "without
project" situation), and recommends any measures needed to prevent, minimize, mitigate, or compensate for
adverse impacts and improve environmental performance” (Ibid).
Beginning in early 2018, when the Bank’s new Environmental and Social Framework comes into force, this
institution will move to the following environmental and social risk classification for projects: high risk,
substantial risk, moderate risk or low risk (World Bank, 2016, p. 14).
13
Both the Environment Protection Act, 2016 (Act 18 of 2016) and the Environment Protection (Impact
Assessment) Regulations of 1996 make reference to the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Class I and
the EIA Class II. The Act establishes the requirement of an environmental authorization for prescribed projects
or activities (Schedule 1 of the Regulations) and for projects or activities proposed in a protected or ecologically
sensitive area (Schedule 2 of the Regulations). The environmental authorization is granted or denied based on
the review of an EIA Class I. While both legal instruments are specific regarding the requirements with respect
to the EIA Class I, they make only general reference to the EIA Class II, without specifying the types of
projects or activities to which it applies, or establishing requirements for its structure or content. In effect,
Section 48 of the Act stipulates that an EIA Class II shall be carried out for developments, projects and
activities other than those for which an EIA Class I is required, and that the contents of an EIA Class II shall be
as specified by the pertinent Ministry. Annex XII provides an overview of the environmental assessment
process in Seychelles.
44
degree of certainty, and can be addressed through application of standard best practice,
mitigation measures and stakeholder engagement during Project implementation. […]
High Risk: Projects that include activities… with potential significant and/or irreversible
adverse social and environmental risks and impacts, or which raise significant concerns
among potentially affected communities and individuals as expressed during the stakeholder
engagement process. High Risk activities may involve significant impacts on physical,
biological, ecosystem, socioeconomic, or cultural resources” (UNDP, 2016, p. 18).
In particular reference to sub-projects involving aquaculture, and fish processing plants and
equipment, although their likely risk categorization will be moderate risk after the application of
the procedure described in this annex, they will be required to prepare an Environmental and
Social Impact Assessment (ESIA). This is so in order to comply with the requirements
established in Seychelles’ Environment Protection (Impact Assessment) Regulations of 1996,
which stipulate that projects dealing with “fish and associated products farming” (i.e., “fish
farming works and extension, aquaculture” and “fish processing plants and equipment”) must
submit an ESIA. In effect, the Regulations list these types of investments in its Schedule 1 of
“projects or activities requiring environmental authorization,” also termed “prescribed projects
and activities.” All of the types of projects listed in Schedule 1 must submit an ESIA, a review of
which serves as the basis for the Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change to make
a determination as to whether or not an environmental authorization will be granted.
In case a sub-project falls under the high risk category, it will be dropped from further funding
consideration.
The environmental and social analyses required for each project category are the following:
Project Category Required Environmental and Social
Analysis
Moderate
Risk
Aquaculture and fish processing
sub-projects listed in Schedule 1 of
Environment Protection (Impact
Assessment) Regulations of 1996
Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment (see Annex V for TOR).14
All other moderate risk sub-projects Site-Specific Environmental and Social
Management Plan (see Annex VI for TOR).
Site-Specific Health and Safety
Management Plan (see Annex VI for TOR).
Specific socio-economic studies may be
required under the Process Framework
included as a separate report.
Low Risk List of mitigation measures (see Annexes I
and X).
14
In Section 47. (2), Seychelles’ Environment Protection Act, 2016 (Act 18 of 2016) provides general guidance
on the content of an ESIA, but does not specify regulatory requirements in terms of structure and content. The
TOR included in Annex V reflect internationally-accepted requirements for this type of study.
45
6.5 Execution of Environmental and Social Studies
For projects requiring the development of ESIAs, as established as a result of the implementation
of the Environmental and Social Scoping exercise, the execution of these studies will take place
during the preparation phase of both the SeyCCAT and DBS’s BIF project cycles.
The sub-project proponent is responsible for the preparation of the ESIA, usually by contracting
an external consultant to develop the assessment. The implementation of the ESIA must follow
the specifications of the TORs approved by the Environmental Assessment and Permit Section
(EAPS) of the Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change (MEECC). The EAPS
coordinates the ESIA process to fulfill the requirements of the Environment Protection (Impact
Assessment) Regulations of 1996.
The Regulations mentioned in the previous paragraph also establish the requirement of an
environmental authorization for prescribed projects or activities (i.e., high risk projects or
activities). The basis for the decision of granting or denying an environmental authorization is a
review by the EAPS of the ESIA submitted by a sub-project proponent. In this context, high risk
sub-projects that do not receive an environmental authorization will be excluded from
consideration for funding by the SWIOFish3 Project.
In view of the Seychellois environmental regulatory framework, the PIU will play a supporting
role in the review of ESIAs.
Annex XII provides an overview of the environmental assessment process in Seychelles. Annex
XI contains a suggested checklist for use by the PIU Environmental and Social Specialist or
Consultant in conducting the due diligence of both new ESIAs and, if applicable, existing ESIAs
prepared prior to the implementation of the SWIOFish3 Project.
The implementation of Environmental and Social Management Plans developed as part of the
preparation of ESIAs will become part of the contractual obligations of contractors by
incorporating this requirement as a clause in works contracts.
In relation to the Site-Specific ESMPs and Site-Specific HSMPs required for projects classified
as moderate risk from the socio-environmental point of view, the Contractor selected in the
bidding phase of the SeyCCAT project cycle or DBS’s BIF project cycle to implement a
particular sub-project will be responsible for preparing the plans for the assigned sub-project.
The development and implementation of both plans will be part of the clauses of the works
contract for the specific sub-project.
6.6 Incorporation of Environmental and Social Sustainability into Sub-Project
Procurement Process
Within the bidding and contract negotiation phase of both the SeyCCAT and DBS’s BIF project
cycles, the ESMF introduces a series of tools aimed at including environmental and social
sustainability measures into the sub-project procurement process. In specific terms, these
instruments will ensure that selected contractors have experience and expertise in environmental
46
and social management, and that works contracts contain specific socio-environmental
provisions of mandatory implementation.
The tools are the following:
Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) Criteria for Evaluation of Bid Proposals
(Annex VIII), which will be part of the criteria used by SeyCCAT and BIF in evaluating and
selecting construction contractors for the execution of civil works associated with selected
sub-projects.
ESHS Conditions of Particular Application (see Annex IX), which will be part of works
contracts as contractual clauses.
ESHS Technical Specifications for Construction (see Annex X), which will be part of works
contracts as contractual clauses.
In addition to the above instruments, as already indicated in Section 6.5 above, the
implementation of the ESMP developed as part of the preparation of the ESIA required for a
high risk sub-project will be a clause of the corresponding works contract. Further, as also
indicated in Section 6.5, the contractor selected in the bidding phase of both SeyCCAT and BIF
project cycles to implement a particular moderate risk sub-project will be responsible for
preparing the respective Site-Specific ESMP and Site-Specific HSMP. The obligations to prepare
and implement both plans will become clauses of the respective works contract.
The PIU Environmental and Social Specialist or Consultant will ensure that the above tools are
effectively applied during the bidding and contract negotiation phase of both SeyCCAT and BIF
project cycles
6.7 Environmental and Social Compliance Oversight
The last step of the ESMP consists of the verification of compliance with the environmental and
social requirements established in works and supervision contracts, as well as in ESMPs and
HSMPs, for the execution of civil works associated with high risk and moderate risk sub-
projects. It will take place during the project implementation phase of both the SeyCCAT and
DBS’s BIF project cycles.
The instrument to apply in this step is the Environmental and Social Compliance Report (see
Annex XI). The completion of this instrument requires a site visit by the PIU Environmental and
Social Specialist or Consultant. The recommended periodicity of site visits to each sub-project is
quarterly, which may be increased or decreased based on the level of socio-environmental
performance of each sub-project.
The Environmental and Social Compliance Report contains: (i) the non-compliances identified
and impacts detected during the field visit (based on a predetermined series of questions); (ii) a
brief description of each non-compliance and impact, including the locations where impacts
occur; (iii) a summary of recommended actions to address each non-compliance and impact; and
47
(iv) the status of implementation of previously suggested actions to address non-compliances or
impacts. In addition, the report includes, as applicable, supporting documentation and
photographs as evidence of the non-compliances or impacts found. Further, the report allows the
prioritization of remedial actions to follow-up in future oversight visits, based on the seriousness
of the non-compliances and impacts detected.
6.8 Project Management and ESMF Implementation Arrangements
As explained in Chapter 2.0, SWIOFish3 will be implemented jointly by the Ministry of Finance,
Trade and Economic Planning (MFTEP), the Ministry of Fisheries and Agriculture and the
Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change. The MFTEP will lead the
implementation of the project. It has the mandate, convening power and vision necessary to
oversee the preparation and implementation of the project, as well as sufficient management and
fiduciary capacity to ensure efficient coordination of project activities. The two other ministries
have the technical expertise to implement the project activities but lack the necessary workforce.
A Project Implementation Unit (PIU) will be embedded within the MFTEP. The PIU will be in
charge of coordinating the implementation of the project activities, and of the procurement and
the financial management of the project. The Project Coordinator, a staff of the MFTEP, will be
seconded by an Assistant financed by the project and will be in charge of the overall
coordination and management of the project. A Financial Management Specialist and a
Procurement Specialist will be designated within the existing MFTEP Project Coordinating Unit,
currently in charge of the fiduciary aspects of several World Bank-financed projects. An
Environmental and Social Specialist and a Monitoring and Evaluation Specialist will also be
designated.
Each ministry will be responsible for the implementation of its activities, and the PIU at the
MFTEP will act as the coordinating body. Focal points will be appointed within the Ministry of
Fisheries and Agriculture and the Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change.
Additional focal points in other implementing entities could be appointed as required. These
focal points will be in charge of the planning, implementation and reporting of the project
activities pertaining to their agency.
In terms of the institutional arrangements for the implementation of the ESMF process, Table 6.8
specifies institutional responsibilities in relation to each step of the ESMF.
48
Table 6.8
Institutional Arrangement in ESMF Process
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Institutional Responsibilities
PIU SeyCCAT and BIF MEECC Sub-Project
Proponents
Environmental
Consulting
Companies
Contractors Supervising
Engineers
Prequalification Environmental
and Social
Screening
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant completes
Environmental and Social
Screening Tools Form for sub-
project proposals .
PIU Project Coordinator
approves Environmental and
Social Screening Tools Form.
PIU notifies SeyCCAT and BIF
when a particular sub-project
proposal is ineligible for
funding from the environmental
and social point of view after
completing Exclusion List
included in Screening Tools
Form.
SeyCCAT and BIF
send sub-project
proposals to PIU.
SeyCCAT and BIF
drop from further
funding consideration
all sub-project
proposals classified as
ineligible for funding
from the environmental
and social point of
view by PIU.
Selection Environmental
and Social
Scoping
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant completes
Environmental and Social
Scoping Form.
PIU Project Coordinator
approves Environmental and
Social Scoping Form.
For aquaculture and fish
processing sub-projects listed in
Schedule 1 of Environment
Protection (Impact Assessment)
Regulations of 1996, PIU
requests MEECC to prepare
TORs for ESIAs, as required by
Regulations. Once available,
PIU sends TORs to, as
applicable, SeyCCAT or BIF.
SeyCCAT and BIF
send TORs for ESIAs
for aquaculture and fish
processing sub-projects
to proponents. Once
ESIAs are completed,
SeyCCAT and BIF
include corresponding
ESMPs as contract
clauses in model
contracts that
Contractors must
fulfill.
MEECC prepares
TORs for ESIAs
for aquaculture
and fish
processing sub-
projects listed in
Schedule 1 of
Environment
Protection
(Impact
Assessment)
Regulations of
1996, and sends
TORs to PIU.
Sub-project
proponents
receive TORs
for ESIAs for
aquaculture
and fish
processing
sub-projects,
and search for
environmental
consulting
companies to
prepare
ESIAs.
49
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Institutional Responsibilities
PIU SeyCCAT and BIF MEECC Sub-Project
Proponents
Environmental
Consulting
Companies
Contractors Supervising
Engineers
For medium risk sub-projects,
PIU prepares TORs for
Contractor’s Site-Specific
ESMP and Site-Specific HSMP.
For low-risk sub-projects, PIU
prepares list of applicable
mitigation measures.
PIU notifies SeyCCAT and BIF
of environmental and social
analysis required for each sub-
project proposal, attaching
completed Environmental and
Social Scoping Form and, as
applicable, TORs for studies
required. In addition, for low
risk sub-projects, PIU sends list
of pertinent mitigation measures
to SeyCCAT and BIF.
For medium risk sub-
projects, SeyCCAT and
BIF include TORs for
ESMPs Site-Specific
ESMPs and Site-
Specific HSMPs as
contract clauses in
model contracts that
Contractors must
fulfill.
For low risk sub-
projects, SeyCCAT and
BIF include list of
pertinent mitigation
measures as contract
clauses in model
contracts that
Contractors must
fulfill.
Preparation Execution of
Environmental
and Social
Studies
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant plays a
supporting role in review of
ESIAs, providing comments to
MEECC on quality and
completeness of each ESIA.
MEECC reviews
ESIA and makes
a determination
as to whether or
not to issue an
Environmental
Authorization for
implementation
Sub-project
proponents
contract
environmental
consulting
companies to
prepare
ESIAs.
Sub-project
proponents
send
completed
ESIAs to
MEECC for
evaluation.
Environmental
consulting
companies
conduct
ESIAs.
50
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Institutional Responsibilities
PIU SeyCCAT and BIF MEECC Sub-Project
Proponents
Environmental
Consulting
Companies
Contractors Supervising
Engineers
of sub-projects.
Bidding and
Contract
Negotiation
Incorporation of
Environmental
and Social
Sustainability
into sub-
projects
Procurement
Process
PIU provides SeyCCAT and
BIF with ESHS Criteria for
Evaluation of Bid Proposals for
inclusion in their bid evaluation
documents.
Based on negotiations with
SeyCCAT and BIF, PIU
Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant may
participate in technical
committees for evaluation of bid
proposals.
PIU provides SeyCCAT and
BIF with ESHS Conditions of
Particular Application and
ESHS Technical Specifications
for Construction for inclusion in
works contracts.
SeyCCAT and BIF
incorporate ESHS
Criteria for Evaluation
of Bid Proposals into
their bid evaluation
documents.
SeyCCAT and BIF
incorporate ESHS
Conditions of
Particular Application
and ESHS Technical
Specifications for
Construction into their
works contracts.
Sub-Project
Implementation
Environmental
and Social
Compliance
Oversight
PIU Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant conducts
site visits to evaluate
environmental and social
performance of sub-projects
using Environmental and Social
Compliance Report. These site
visits may be coordinated with
inspections by MEECC staff.
PIU sends a copy of completed
Environmental and Social
Compliance Report to pertinent
Contractor and Supervising
Engineer, as well as, as
applicable, SeyCCAT or BIF.
In instances of serious and
pervasive noncompliances with
environmental and social
requirements, PIU
Environmental and Social
Specialist/Consultant
MEECC
conducts
inspections of
aquaculture and
fish processing
sub-projects.
In instances of
serious and
pervasive
noncompliances
with
environmental
Contractors are
responsible for
implementing
works in
accordance
with, as
applicable,
ESMPs, Site
Specific
ESMPs, Site
Specific
HSMPs, or list
of pertinent
mitigation
measures.
Supervising
Engineers
are
responsible
for
ensuring,
on behalf
of their
Clients,
that
Contractors
implement
works in
accordance
with, as
applicable,
ESMPs,
Site
Specific
ESMPs,
Site
51
Phases of
SeyCCAT and
BIF Project
Cycles
ESMF Steps
Institutional Responsibilities
PIU SeyCCAT and BIF MEECC Sub-Project
Proponents
Environmental
Consulting
Companies
Contractors Supervising
Engineers
coordinates with Supervising
Engineer, SeyCCAT, BIF,
MEECC and/or any other
pertinent authority to bring sites
into compliance.
and social
requirements,
MEECC may
participate in
enforcement
actions.
Specific
HSMPs, or
list of
pertinent
mitigation
measures.
KEY: BIF: Development Bank of Seychelles’ Blue Investment Fund .ESHS: Environmental, Social, Health and Safety. ESIA: Environmental and Social Impact Assessment. ESMP:
Environmental and Social Management Plan. HSMP: Health and Safety Management Plan. MEECC: Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change. PIU: Project Implementation Unit
at Ministry of Finance, Trade and Economic Planning. SeyCCAT: Seychelles Conservation and Climate Adaptation Trust. TOR: Terms of Reference.
52
6.9 Conflict Resolution Mechanism
The Conflict Resolution Mechanism aims to manage and satisfactorily respond to the complaints
of individuals or groups of people regarding the environmental and social performance of the
Project. The Mechanism ensures that: (i) the basic rights and interests of every affected
person by poor environmental performance or social management of the project are
protected; and (ii) their concerns arising from the poor performance of the Project during the
phases of design, construction and operation activities are effectively and timely addressed.
The Conflict Resolution Mechanism for SWIOFish3 is embedded within the Project-level
Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM), which is explained in the separate report containing
the Process Framework for the Project. The next paragraphs summarize the relevant
characteristics of the GRM.
Requirements for the GRM are as follows: (i) the grievance process must not impose any cost to
those raising the grievances (i.e., the complainants); (ii) concerns arising from Project
implementation must be adequately addressed in a timely manner; and (iii) participation in the
grievance process must not preclude pursuit of legal remedies under the laws of Seychelles.
The GRM process will be managed by a Grievance Committee. The recommended make up of
the Committee is as follows: a staff member of the PIU, such as the Project Coordinator or the
Environmental and Social Specialist, and the Focal Points that the other ministries responsible
for implementing the Project (i.e., MAF and MEECC) must designate, as established in the
institutional and implementation arrangements for Project execution (see Section 2.5, Chapter
2.0). None of the members of the Committee should have a conflict of interest involving any
complaint lodged. The Committee should have female representation.
The grievance resolution process comprises four stages: (i) reception; (ii) investigation and
inquiry; (iii) response; and (iv) follow up and close out.
6.10 Budget Considerations
The budget for implementing the ESMF will be included in the regular budget of the PIU. The
main budget items will include the salary of the Environmental and Social Specialist and, if
applicable, a Consultant; expenses to conduct field oversight of implementation of sub-projects;
and office equipment and supplies.
Table 6.10 provides an illustrative budget for training and technical assistance activities related
to environmental and social management for the duration of the Project.
53
Table 6.10. Illustrative ESMF Capacity Building Budget for Five Year Period (US$)
Activity Yr 1 Yr 2 Yr 3 Yr 4 Yr 5 Total
Training
Training Needs Assessment
for PIU, MEECC, MAF and
local Environment Officers
in management of
safeguards and
environmental & social
issues
10,000 10,000
Development of training
plan and materials, training
of trainers
15,000 15,000
Training for local
Environment Officers in
ESIA, screening and
environmental & social
monitoring capacity
10,000 10,000
Training for co-
management units –
awareness of environmental
and social issues
10,000 10,000
Technical Assistance
General TA - PRA,
Communications, Conflict
Resolution, Safeguard
awareness
10,000 10,000
Specific TA – ESIA and
ESMP prep and review,
M&E
10,000 10,000
Annual Reviews of ESMF
and ESMP Performance
(decision-makers and
projects)
2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 10,000
Independent Environmental
and Social Audit of Project
Implementation
10,000 12,000 22,0000
TOTAL 97,000
54
REFERENCES
Asian Development Bank (ADB). 2003. Environmental Assessment Guidelines. Manila: ADB.
African Development Bank Group (AfDB). 2015. Integrated Safeguards System. Guidance
Materials. Volume 3: Sector Keysheets. Abidjan, Ivory Cost: AfDB.
Bamba, A. and A.S. Oroda. 2016. The Environmental and Social Impact Assessment and The
Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP). Report. The Zambia Aquaculture
Enterprise Development Project. Zambia: ADBG.
Cabral, J.M. 2013. Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for Water,
Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) Infrastructure Grant Facility (Cape Verde). Washington,
DC and Praia, Cape Verde: Millennium Challenge Corporation.
CAF. Development Bank of Latin America. 2015. Environmental and Social Safeguards for
CAF/GEF Projects Manual. Caracas: CAF.
Carolus, I. 2015. Seychelles Marine Spatial Planning Legislative and Policy Review.
Catanzano, J. and J. Nageon de Lestang. 2013. Statement of Intent to Support National Fisheries
Priorities for the Seychelles Fishing Policy.
Coastal Resources for Sustainable Development Project. 2011. Resettlement Policy Framework.
Defaux, V. and A. Hjort. 2012. Implementation of a Regional Fisheries Strategy for The
Eastern-Southern Africa and India Ocean Region. Regional Market Assessment (“Supply
and Demand”).
European Investment Bank (EIB). 2013. Environmental and Social Handbook. Luxembourg:
EIB.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO). 1995. Code of Conduct for
Responsible Fisheries. Rome: FAO.
____. 1996. Integration of Fisheries into Coastal Area Management. Rome: FAO.
____. 1997. Fisheries Management. Rome: FAO.
____. 2003. Fisheries Management. The Ecosystem Approach to Fisheries. Rome: FAO.
____. 2010. Aquaculture Development. Ecosystem Approach to Aquaculture. Rome: FAO.
____. 2011. Fisheries Management. Marine Protected Areas and Fisheries. Rome: FAO.
____. 2015. Environmental and Social Management. Guidelines. Rome: FAO.
55
GEF-6. 2016. Project Identification Form (PIF). Third South West Indian Ocean Fisheries
Governance and Shared Growth Project (SWIOFish3).
Government of Tamil Nadu (GoTN). India. 2013. Coastal Disaster Risk Reduction Project.
Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF). Tamil Nadu, India: GoTN.
Heztech Engineering Services. 2015. Kenya Coastal Development Project. Environmental and
Social Management Framework (ESMF). Mombasa, Kenya.
Hill, S.J. et al. 2011. Blue Frontiers: Managing the Environmental Costs of Aquaculture. The
WorldFish Center, Penang, Malaysia.
International Finance Corporation (IFC). 1998. Procedure for Environmental and Social Review
of Projects.
International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD). 2014. Managing Risks to Create
Opportunities. IFAD's Social, Environmental and Climate Assessment Procedures. Rome:
IFAD.
International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN). 2004. Managing
Marine Protected Areas: A Toolkit for the Western Indian Ocean. IUCN Eastern African
Regional Programme, Nairobi: IUCN.
Kerrigan, B and D. Welch. 2015. Monitoring Control and Surveillance Protocol for the
Fisheries Co-Management Plan for the Praslin Artisanal Trap and Line Fishery.
Meaden, G.J et al. 2016. Marine Spatial Planning for Enhanced Fisheries and Aquaculture
Sustainability. Its Application in the Near East. Rome: FAO.
Mekong Integrated Water Resource Management Project (MIWRMP) Phase 3. 2015. Cambodia:
Environment and Social Management Framework (ESMF). Phnom Penh: MIWRMP.
Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development. 2011. Environmental and Social Management
Framework (ESMF) for Coastal Resources for Sustainable Development Project (CRSD).
Ocean Partnerships for Sustainable Fisheries and Biodiversity Conservation. Models for
Innovation and Reform. 2014. Environmental and Social Management Framework.
Pacific Islands Regional Oceanscape Program (PROP). 2015. Environmental and Social
Management Framework.
Peru LNG. Environment, Social, Health and Safety Management System (ESHS MS).
Fishermen Compensation Management Framework Plan.
56
Regional Organization for the Conservation of Environment of the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden
(PERSGA). 2013a. Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for Red Sea
and Gulf of Aden Strategic Ecosystem Management Project Concerning the Dungonab Bay–
Mukawwar Island Marine Protected Area, Sudan. Jeddah Kingdom of Saudi Arabia:
PERSGA.
____. 2013b. Process Framework for Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Strategic Ecosystem
Management Project Concerning the Dungonab Bay–Mukawwar Island Marine Protected
Area, Sudan. Jeddah Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: PERSGA.
Republic of Ghana. Ministry of Food and Agriculture. 2011. Environmental and Social
Safeguard Assessment Environmental and Social Management Framework. Accra, Ghana:
Ministry of Food and Agriculture.
Republic of Seychelles. 1991. Laws of Seychelles. Fisheries Act. Chapter 82.
____. SI. 39 of 1996. Sections 15 and 40. 1996. Environment Protection (Impact Assessment)
Regulations (3rd June, 1996). Victoria: Government of Seychelles.
____. 2005. The Fisheries Policy of Seychelles.
____. 2012. Management Plan for the Artisanal and Recreational Demersal Fisheries in the
Seychelles.
____. Seychelles Sustainable Development Strategy 2012 – 2020.
____. 2013. Fisheries Bill.
____. Ministry of Environment and Energy. 2013. Seychelles’ Protected Areas Policy.
____. 2014. Zoning Proposal for the Seychelles Exclusive Economic Zone.
____. 2016. Environment Protection Act (Act 18 of 2016).
____. Undated. Draft Seychelles National Aquaculture Policy.
Rwanda Environment Management Authority (REMA). 2011. Lake Victoria Environmental
Management Project Phase II. Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF)
for Rwanda under LVEMP II. Rwanda: REMA.
Seychelles Fishing Authority (SFA). 2012. Management Plan for the Artisanal and Recreational
Demersal Fisheries in the Seychelles.
____. 2016. Draft ESIA and ESMP for the Proposed Implementation of the Seychelles
Mariculture Masterplan (MMP).
57
Seychelles Fishing Authority and UNDP-GEF Mainstreaming Biodiversity Project. 2015.
Fisheries Co-Management Plan for the Praslin/La Digue Artisanal Trap and line Fishery.
____. Seychelles Marine Spatial Planning (MSP) Initiative. 2015. Preliminary Zoning Design –
Seychelles EEZ Map Version 2.0.
Seychelles Marine Spatial Planning (SMSP). December 2015. On the Leading Edge of Marine
Conservation and Climate Adaptation.
Shal, V. 2014. Process Framework. Marine Conservation and Climate Adaptation Project
(MCCAP).
United Nations Development Program (UNDP). 2016. Social and Environmental Screening
Procedure. New York, NY: UNDP.
United Nations Environment Program (UNEP). 2002. Environmental Impact Assessment
Training Resource Manual. Geneva: UNEP.
United Republic of Tanzania. Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries Development (MLFD). 2014a.
First South West Indian Ocean Fisheries Governance and Shared Growth Project –
SWIOFish. Environmental and Social Assessment (ESA) and Environmental and Social
Management Framework (ESMF). Dar es Salaam: MLFD.
____. 2014b. First South West Indian Ocean Fisheries Governance and Shared Growth Project
– SWIOFish. Process Framework. Dar es Salaam: MLFD.
United States Agency for International Development (USAID). 2009. Environmental Guidelines
for Small-Scale Activities in Africa (EGSSAA). Chapter 6: Fisheries. Washington, DC:
USAID.
Vivid Economics. 2015a. Fisheries Recovery on the Mahé Plateau, Seychelles. Prince of Wales's
International Sustainability Unit and the Seychelles Fisheries Authority.
____. 2015b. PowerPoint Presentation on Seychelles Fisheries Transition Plan. Report
Prepared for Workshop with ISU.
Welch, D.J. and B. Kerrigan. 2015a. To support the Formulation of an Operational Fishery
Management Plan for the Plateau Fishery for Demersal Fish Resources. GOS-UNDP-GEF.
Programme Coordination Unit Biodiversity Mainstreaming Project.
____. 2015b. Mahé Plateau Demersal Trap and Line Fishery Co-Management Plan. GOS-
UNDP-GEF. Programme Coordination Unit Biodiversity Mainstreaming Project
World Bank (WB). 1999. OP 4.01, Annex B - Content of an Environmental Assessment Report
for a Category A Project. Washington, DC: WB.
58
____. 2006. Scaling Up Marine Management. The Role of Marine Protected Area. Washington,
DC: WB.
_______
. Africa Region. 2008a. Environmental and Social Management Framework for World
Bank Projects with Multiple Small-Scale Subprojects. A Toolkit. Washington, D.C.: WB.
_______
. Europe and Central Asia Region. March and April 2008b. PowerPoint Presentation in
Bishkek and Tbilisi on Safeguard Requirements and the Framework Process.
____. 2011. OP 4.12, Annex A - Involuntary Resettlement Instruments. Washington, DC: WB.
____. 2013. OP 4.12 - Involuntary Resettlement. Washington, DC: WB.
____. 2016a. Draft Project Appraisal Document. Third South West Indian Ocean Fisheries
Governance and Shared Growth Project (SWIOFish3).
____. 2016b. Environmental and Social Framework. Setting Environmental and Social
Standards for Investment Project Financing. Washington, DC: WB.
LIST OF ANNEXES
I Potential Positive Environmental and Social Impacts of SWIOFish3 Project, and Generic
Potential Environmental and Social Impacts and Risks of Aquaculture and Fisheries Sub-
Projects, and Mitigation Measures
II Documents Containing More Detailed SWIOFish3 Project Activities and Possible
Sub-Projects
III Environmental and Social Screening Tools Form
IV Environmental and Social Scoping Form
V TOR for ESIA
VI TOR for Contractor’s Site-Specific ESMP and Site-Specific HSMP
VII Due Diligence Checklist for ESIA Report
VIII ESHS Criteria for Evaluation of Bid Proposals
IX ESHS Conditions of Particular Application
X ESHS Technical Specifications for Construction
XI Environmental and Social Compliance Report
XII EIA Process in Seychelles
ANNEX I
Potential Positive Environmental and Social Impacts of
SWIOFish3 Project, and Generic Potential Environmental
and Social Impacts and Risks of Aquaculture and Fisheries
Sub-Projects, and Mitigation Measures
ANNEX I Page 1 of 11
I. INTRODUCTION
This annex includes the following three tables: (i) potential positive environmental and social
impacts of SWIOFish3 Project; (ii) generic potential adverse impacts and risks of aquaculture
sub-projects; and (iii) generic potential adverse impacts and risks of fisheries and fisheries-
associated processing facilities and services sub-projects.
ANNEX I Page 2 of 11
II. POTENTIAL POSITIVE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACTS OF SWIOFish3 PROJECT
PROJECT
COMPONENT POSITIVE IMPACTS
Expanded Sustainable-
Use Marine Protected
Areas
Enhanced protection and management of medium and high biodiversity areas.
Improvement of overall health of species and ecosystems in protected areas.
Improvement of overall health and safety conditions for fishers, thanks to enhanced monitoring,
control and surveillance, safety and emergency response capabilities.
Improved decision making and management of protected areas based on research, stakeholder
consultation and participation, and enhanced monitoring, control and surveillance.
Improved planning and management capability to address challenges of implementing access
controls to protected biodiversity areas.
Increased stakeholder engagement and awareness in protected area planning and management.
Improved Governance of
Priority Fisheries Improvement of overall health of fisheries sector, and increased income from sustainable fishing
methods, thanks to the reduction of unsustainable and unauthorized fishing practices, and bycatch
losses.
Improvement of overall safety conditions for fishers, thanks to enhanced monitoring, control and
surveillance, safety and emergency response capabilities.
Improved and expanded knowledge, decision making and capacity across public and private actors
for co-managing priority fisheries.
Increased stakeholder engagement and participation in priority fisheries areas planning and co-
management, and improved awareness of good fisheries management practices.
Sustainable Development
of the Blue Economy Identification of potential value-added businesses opportunities to increase economic benefits from
fisheries, and fish and fish byproduct processing.
Identification of constraints to successful fisheries business development and growth, and definition
of measures to address them.
Provision of access to financial mechanisms to take advantage of identified value-added business
opportunities.
Mitigation of impact related to limitation of access to fishing and tourist resources and areas by
providing financing opportunities and capacity building to take advantage of identified new value-
added businesses.
ANNEX I Page 3 of 11
III. GENERIC POTENTIAL ADVERSE IMPACTS AND RISKS OF AQUACULTURE SUB-PROJECTS
IMPACTS AND RISKS MITIGATION MEASURES
Geology/Hydrogeology:
Interruption or disruption of surface and groundwater flows from
construction, excavation and ground clearance.
Reduced flows or lowering of water table due to abstraction,
possibly resulting in salinization.
Design to take account of local hydrological conditions (e.g., avoid crossing permanent
waterways, do not hamper drainage of surface water, avoid works in areas prone to flooding
especially during rainy season).
Limit sealed or compacted areas as much as possible, to maintain natural recharge of the water
table.
Water study prior to any abstraction, to inform a Sustainable Water Management Plan.
Disruption of coastal processes (e.g., wave, tidal and current
regime, sediment transport, flood and storm protection) due to
inadequate siting of project.
Saline intrusion into groundwater due to excessive abstraction of
groundwater during operation.
Siting and design to take account of shore configuration, currents, groundwater flows, and
existing habitats.
Design and construction of compensatory shore protection and other measures to maintain coastal
processes.
Monitoring of groundwater salinity; where necessary further mitigation may include
control/diversion structures for saltwater, installation of cut off wells, sourcing of alternative
water supply.
Pollution of groundwater from discharges and accidental
releases during construction and maintenance, and from
wastewater during operation.
See Pollution of Soils and Water below
Soils, Run-off and Flooding:
Loss, damage or disruption of soil/sediments during construction
and maintenance.
Minimization of cleared areas and soil disturbance, with revegetation as soon as feasible (with
native species).
Early installation and regular maintenance of drainage and diversion structures, silt traps, etc;
drainage outlets to discharge into vegetated areas if possible; vegetation along watercourses and
drainage lines to be retained if possible.
Retention of topsoil for restoration (including tilling and revegetation) as soon as practicable.
Careful consideration of timing of works (overall duration and seasonality).
Introduction of sediments to coastal waters or inland
watercourses, or interruption of drainage patterns, as a result of
ground clearance, earthworks and operational maintenance of
systems.
Pollution of Soils and Water:
Pollution of coastal waters or inland watercourses from
operational wastewater (e.g., nutrients, pesticides, fertilizers,
treatments), as well as from fish processing and workforce
sewage.
Reduce nutrient and chemical inputs to water, e.g., through use of biological pest control methods.
Ensure that waste and drainage water complies with discharge standards and treat accordingly.
Implementation of standard good wastewater management and disposal procedures.
Installation of sewage treatment to meet required standards; hygiene training for workforce.
Release of hazardous substances during construction or
maintenance (e.g., accidental spills and leaks) leading to soil,
surface or groundwater contamination.
Materials handling and control procedures, use of storage and containment equipment meeting
international standards.
Control of construction vehicle movements and prohibition of vehicle washing in watercourses,
and similar practices.
Emergency response plans during construction (contractors and local authorities) and operation
(local authorities).
Air Quality:
Dust and emissions from construction and maintenance
activities, could affect human health, vegetation and wildlife.
Sensitive site selection and siting of construction and processing facilities.
Use of modern equipment meeting appropriate emissions standards, and regular preventive
ANNEX I Page 4 of 11
IMPACTS AND RISKS MITIGATION MEASURES
Odors associated with preparation facilities may have nuisance
value for nearby receptors.
maintenance.
Dust control and suppression measures, such as dampening, use of vegetation hedges.
No use of ozone depleting substances during construction.
Use of appropriate solid waste disposal facilities.
Noise and Vibration:
Noise and vibration from construction and maintenance
equipment, traffic and activities may disturb sensitive noise
receptors (human, fauna, including underwater noise impacts on
fish and marine mammals, e.g., from piling during construction).
Sensitive local route selection and siting of facilities, accompanied where necessary by noise
attenuation measures.
Use of modern, well maintained equipment fitted with abatement devices (e.g., mufflers, noise
enclosures).
Use of sensitive construction methods, e.g., “soft start” or “slow start” piling.
Strict controls of timing of activities, e.g., blasting and other high noise emissions; prohibition on
night working.
Observance of seasonal sensitivities (e.g., breeding seasons), and alteration of activity to reduce
noise levels at that time.
Resources and Waste:
Abstraction of significant volume of water from surface or
ground water sources for supply to aquaculture system may
affect supply for human communities and ecosystems.
Abstraction to take place with approval of relevant authorities at all locations.
Water study prior to any abstraction, to inform a Sustainable Water
Management Plan.
Regular preventative maintenance of all system components to ensure that water wastage is as far
as possible limited.
Promotion of water efficiency (including leak detection) and water recycling.
Inefficient waste management during construction, operation and
maintenance leading to excess consumption of materials,
generation of wastes/emissions, pollution of soils and water; in
particular, impacts of wastewater contaminated with nutrients
and chemicals.
Preparation of Waste Management Plan following the waste hierarchy, supported by staff training
Earthworks to be designed to achieve a balance between cut and fill wherever possible
Use of authorized contractors for hazardous and any other wastes which the project cannot
dispose of safely.
See Pollution of Soils and Water above
Loss, fragmentation and degradation of habitat, and severance of
animal migration routes and pathways:
Site footprint and earthworks during construction or
maintenance causing loss, degradation or fragmentation of
protected or ecologically sensitive areas (e.g., wetlands,
migration routes), and other areas of conservation interest; and
degradation following poorly managed rehabilitation.
Careful siting of all project components, with advice from biodiversity authorities/wildlife
specialists, to avoid those which are most sensitive and provide priority ecosystem services (e.g.,
mangroves for coastal aquaculture).
Wherever feasible, establishment of buffer zones around conservation areas, watercourses, and
other locations identified as ecologically sensitive and avoidance or minimization of activity
within these zones.
ANNEX I Page 5 of 11
IMPACTS AND RISKS MITIGATION MEASURES
Impacts on habitats and species from habitat alteration and
degradation (e.g., from reduction in downstream water supply,
changes in water flow and drainage, soil erosion, pollution of
water, soils or air, introduction of invasive species).
Use of design and operational measures to maintain fish migration routes wherever possible.
Rehabilitation of cleared areas with native species, and ecosystem restoration in habitats of
conservation value, using specialist advice and input so as to maintain the integrity of the habitat,
backed up by a long-term monitoring program and corrective actions as necessary.
Where development in sensitive areas cannot be avoided, mitigation may include:
Minimization of area impacted, clear demarcation of remaining intact areas of habitat, and
prohibition of activity into those areas for any purpose; prohibit or minimize activities in vicinity
of sensitive areas, e.g., fragile coastal habitats, upstream of these intact areas of habitat.
Habitat rehabilitation and ecosystem restoration of areas no longer required to occur as soon as
possible after construction.
If loss of Critical Habitat is inevitable, development/implementation of an Offsets Programme.
See relevant sections re: control of impacts from pollution, invasive species, and induced access.
Impacts from Induced Access:
Development of aquaculture projects in previously undeveloped
areas can lead to further development, increased disturbance and
pressure on natural resources.
Careful site selection and siting of all project components, with advice from biodiversity
authorities/wildlife specialists to avoid previously undeveloped areas where possible.
Restrictions on access to all temporary access roads, and their removal after construction.
Access controls on permanent access roads.
Direct Impacts on Flora and Fauna:
Earthworks and clearance may lead to loss of plant species and
habitats of conservation interest.
Development could displace animals and disturb their habitats,
by direct disturbance during construction and operation (e.g.,
from noise, light disturbance at night, general human presence).
Degradation of native populations due to spread of diseases from
cultured species.
Careful site selection and siting of all project components, with advice from biodiversity
authorities/wildlife specialists.
Careful planning of phasing and timing of construction activities.
Demarcation and avoidance of areas of conservation interest (high value species, feeding or
breeding sites, migration routes, etc.) where possible, and wildlife rescue and translocation where
appropriate, under expert supervision.
Monitoring of diseases in cultured stock and appropriate actions to eliminate these diseases.
Also see measures under soils, run-off and flooding, pollution of soils and water, noise/vibration and
induced access above, and invasive species below.
Invasive Species
Movement of plant and workforce into areas could introduce
invasive species which adversely impact fauna, flora,
ecosystems, and crops.
Accidental release of cultured species (especially non-native
ones) may result in establishment of populations or genetic
mixing with wild populations, leading to negative impacts on
local flora and fauna.
Invasive Species Management Plan, developed and implemented in consultation with authorities,
including appropriate eradication measures for different species/groups of species.
Staff training and awareness raising in communities on potential impacts of invasive species.
Encourage use of indigenous species in aquaculture systems.
No introduction of exotic species (e.g., for culture) without comprehensive study and government
approval.
Where exotic species are cultured, monitor status of native species in surrounding area.
Where possible, clearance of invasive species during routine maintenance of water storage and
distribution systems.
ANNEX I Page 6 of 11
IMPACTS AND RISKS MITIGATION MEASURES
Physical and Economic Displacement of People, Property, Assets
and Resources:
Development of aquaculture projects may physically displace
people, or lead to loss of assets (e.g., fishing grounds, or land) or
loss of income from other water based economic activities (e.g.,
navigation, tourism).
Changes in water flow reduction downstream of the aquaculture
development (or down-current for coastal aquaculture), causing
adverse effects on water availability or quality for other users.
Careful site selection and siting of all project components, avoid occupation of areas which are
inhabited or regarded as of high value by communities where possible.
Put in place employment plan, giving preference to employment within local communities.
Early development and sensitive implementation of resettlement planning, in accordance with
national regulations and international good practice to compensate for any losses (both physical
and economic).
Develop compensation measures for affected parties, e.g., downstream water users, fishermen,
coastal tourism.
Economic Development and Employment:
Direct employment of local population in workforce, and
stimulation of local economy through export of and demand for
goods and services to enhance livelihoods and economic activity
in local communities; potential for adverse effects if
expectations not met and community relations are not well
managed.
Development of an Employment Plan, with clear employment requirements and procedures for
the construction and operational/ maintenance workforce; fair and transparent hiring and staff
management procedures.
Transparent and culturally appropriate communication with communities regarding employment
opportunities.
Employment requirements and vocational training plan to be agreed with local institutions, so that
local people can be trained to meet the project’s needs in a timely fashion.
Development of measures to manage post-construction transition (e.g., SME development,
ongoing opportunities for the workforce in aquaculture, reskilling and alternative employment).
Procurement of local goods and services for development of
aquaculture system and workforce could deplete resources
available for local communities.
Procedures for sustainable local procurement, in consultation with local authorities and
community leaders.
Local capacity building to foster community resilience.
Monitoring of local prices; exploration of corrective measures (e.g., alternative sourcing) if
appropriate.
Cultural Heritage:
Displacement or damage to cultural heritage sites by
construction activities, harm to local setting, amenity value, etc.
due to construction
Change to intangible cultural heritage due to increased access,
and interaction with workforce.
Careful site selection and siting of all project components, taking account of community
consultation/specialist surveys.
Development of a Cultural Heritage Management Plan covering tangible and intangible (e.g.,
local traditions and practices) cultural heritage.
Implementation of a “Chance Finds” procedure during construction.
Community Health, Safety and Security:
Poor construction management practices may lead to adverse
effects on safety, human health and wellbeing.
Good construction site “housekeeping” and management procedures (including site access)
Risk assessments and emergency response planning to consider impacts on local communities
See also control of pollution under Physical Impacts heading.
Interaction between workforce and local communities may
increase occurrence of communicable diseases, including
HIV/AIDS and sexually transmitted diseases (STDs).
Implementation of a health management system for the construction workforce, to ensure it is fit
for work and that it will not introduce disease into local communities.
Training and awareness raising for workforce and their dependents on HIV/AIDS and other STDs,
and communicable diseases including malaria; health awareness raising campaigns for
communities on similar topics.
ANNEX I Page 7 of 11
IMPACTS AND RISKS MITIGATION MEASURES
Changes in exposure to water borne and water related diseases,
especially those associated with water dwelling disease vectors
(new areas of standing water created) or poor sanitary
conditions.
Provide information, education and communication about safe uses of water and occupational
safety.
Facilitate programs/measures to ensure appropriate sanitary and medical facilities are available.
Implement environmental management measures for vector control: e.g., monitoring for key
vectors; contact avoidance via site selection; focal insecticide and molluscicide application; other
vector control measures (e.g., changes in water levels and flow rates).
Workforce-Community Interactions:
Real or perceived disruption to normal community life, through
the physical presence of a workforce.
Adoption of a Stakeholder Engagement Plan, as a framework for early and ongoing community
consultation.
Implementation of a Grievance Procedure (see Grievance Procedure and Redress Mechanisms
guidance note).
Works procedures, defining a Code of Appropriate Conduct for all workers, including acceptable
behavior with respect to community interactions.
In-migration:
Individuals are likely to migrate into the area which may cause
conflict with resident communities, and put pressure on
resources and infrastructure.
Careful site selection and siting of all project components, after consultation with communities
and local authorities.
Preparation and implementation of an Influx/In-migration
Management Plan, in consultation with local authorities.
See also Economic Development and Employment, and Induced Access above
Labor and Working Conditions:
Poor management of occupational health and safety leading to
accidents, injuries and illnesses among workers (e.g., risks of
working close to water); mental health issues due to remote or
enclosed living.
Differences in nationality, ethnicity, religion, etc. may lead to
discrimination and harassment, and differences (perceived or
real) in working conditions between workers may lead to
resentment.
Employment practices and working conditions should conform to International Labor
Organization (ILO) Standards and national regulations.
Rest and recreational facilities and time should be provided, and rules on alcohol and drugs
defined and clearly communicated to workers.
The basis for differences in the standard of accommodation should be non-discriminatory; it
should be documented and communicated transparently to the workforce.
Clear and comprehensive health and safety reporting and grievance procedure system should be
established, and be freely available to all of the workforce.
See also Employment and Economic Development and Human Rights
Source: AfDB, 2015, pp. 119-121.
ANNEX I Page 8 of 11
IV. GENERIC POTENTIAL ADVERSE IMPACTS AND RISKS OF FISHERIES AND FISHERIES-ASSOCIATED PROCESSING
FACILITIES AND SERVICES SUB-PROJECTS
IMPACTS AND RISKS MITIGATION MEASURES
Geology/Hydrogeology:
Interruption or disruption of surface and groundwater flows from
small-scale ground clearance and construction of landing,
storage or processing facilities.
Design to take account of local hydrological conditions (e.g., taking extra care near permanent
watercourses, do not hamper drainage of surface water, avoid works in areas prone to flooding
especially during rainy season).
Disruption of coastal processes (e.g., wave, tidal and current
regime, sediment transport, flood and storm protection) from
construction of landing and boat mooring facilities.
Siting and design to take account of shoreline configuration, near- shore currents, groundwater
flows, and existing habitats.
Design and construction of compensatory shore protection and other measures to maintain coastal
processes.
Monitoring of groundwater salinity; where necessary further mitigation may include
control/diversion structures for saltwater, installation of cut off wells, sourcing of alternative water
supply.
Soils, Run-off and Flooding:
Loss, damage or disruption of soil/sediments during small-scale
construction works.
Minimization of cleared areas and soil disturbance, with revegetation as soon as feasible (with
native species).
Early installation and regular maintenance of drainage and diversion structures, silt traps, etc;
drainage outlets to discharge into vegetated areas if possible; vegetation along watercourses and
drainage lines to be retained if possible.
Retention of topsoil for restoration (including tilling and revegetation) as soon as practicable.
Careful consideration of timing of works (overall duration and seasonality).
Introduction of sediments to watercourses or interruption of
drainage patterns, as a result of ground clearance and
earthworks.
Pollution of Soils and Water:
Pollution of watercourses caused by wastewater from processing
facilities, as well as small increases in sewage inputs due to
workforce during construction works.
Ensure that waste and drainage water complies with discharge standards and treat accordingly.
Implementation of standard good wastewater management and disposal procedures.
Wastewater drainage outlets to discharge into vegetated areas if possible; vegetation along
watercourses and drainage lines to be retained if possible.
Installation of sewage treatment to meet required standards; hygiene training for workforce.
Release of hazardous substances associated with
construction/maintenance activities or with transport of goods
(e.g., accidental spills and leaks), leading to soil, surface or
groundwater contamination.
Materials handling and control procedures, use of appropriate storage and containment equipment.
Control of vehicle movements and prohibition of vehicle washing in watercourses, and similar
practices.
Emergency response plans during construction (contractors and local authorities).
Air Quality:
Dust and emissions from small-scale construction activities, and
from vehicles and motorized vessels, could affect human health,
vegetation and wildlife.
Sensitive site selection, and siting of construction works and access roads.
Use of modern equipment, meeting appropriate emissions standards, and regular preventative
maintenance.
Encourage use of non-motorized vessels where appropriate; equip motorized vessels with well
maintained, modern motors.
Dust control and suppression measures, such as dampening and use of vegetation hedges.
No use of ozone depleting substances during construction or operation.
Implement appropriate solid waste disposal measures at processing sites.
Odors associated with preparation facilities may cause nuisance
to nearby receptors.
ANNEX I Page 9 of 11
IMPACTS AND RISKS MITIGATION MEASURES
Noise and Vibration:
Noise and vibration from small-scale construction activities, and
from vehicles and motorized vessels, may disturb sensitive noise
receptors (human and fauna, including fish and marine
mammals).
Sensitive route selection for access roads, and siting of construction works and facilities,
accompanied where necessary by noise attenuation measures.
Use of modern, well maintained equipment fitted with abatement devices (e.g., mufflers, noise
enclosures).
Strict control of timing of activities (e.g., prohibition on night working where possible).
Observance of seasonal sensitivities (e.g., breeding seasons), and alteration of activity to reduce
noise levels at that time.
Resources and Waste:
Excessive or unregulated capture of a small range of target
species and accidental capture of other non-targeted species may
deplete stocks and place pressure on local food resources.
Institute measures to ensure sustainability of fisheries, through use of quotas, seasonal and
‘sensitive area’ closures, compulsory permitting etc.; encouraging sustainable traditional practices
and restricting practices allowing large and non-specific catches (e.g., trawling, use of fish poisons
or explosives); education and awareness-raising around overfishing.
Include consideration of local resource needs within planning of quotas.
Inefficient waste management during construction, operation and
maintenance leading to excess consumption of materials,
generation of wastes/emissions, pollution of soils and water.
Preparation of Waste Management Plan following the waste hierarchy, supported by training and
awareness-raising around topic of waste for workforce and for local community.
Use of authorized contractors for hazardous and any other wastes which the project cannot dispose
of safely.
Loss, fragmentation and degradation of habitat, and severance of
animal migration routes and pathways:
Small-scale construction works causing loss, degradation or
fragmentation of protected or ecologically sensitive areas (e.g.,
wetlands, migration routes), and other areas of conservation
interest.
Careful siting of all project components, with advice from biodiversity authorities/wildlife
specialists.
Wherever feasible, establishment of buffer zones around conservation areas, watercourses, and
other locations identified as ecologically sensitive, and avoidance or minimization of activity
within these zones.
Rehabilitation of cleared areas with native species, and ecosystem restoration in habitats of
conservation value, using specialist advice and input so as to maintain the integrity of the habitat,
backed up by a long-term monitoring program and corrective actions as necessary.
Where development in sensitive areas cannot be avoided, mitigation may include:
Minimization of area impacted, clear demarcation of remaining intact areas of habitat, and
prohibition of activity into those areas for any purpose; prohibit or minimize activities in the
vicinity of sensitive areas.
Habitat rehabilitation and ecosystem restoration of areas no longer required to occur as soon
as possible after construction.
If loss of Critical Habitat is inevitable, development/implementation of an Offsets
Programme.
Education of workforce and local communities as to the potential damage fisheries may cause
to ecosystems, and on methods for avoiding damage (e.g., using buoys and designated
anchoring locations).
See relevant sections re: control of impacts from pollution, invasive species, and induced access.
Impacts on habitats and species from habitat alteration and
degradation during construction and operation (e.g., changes in
water flow and drainage, soil erosion, pollution of water, soils or
air).
ANNEX I Page 10 of 11
IMPACTS AND RISKS MITIGATION MEASURES
Impacts on habitats and species from habitat alteration and
degradation caused by fishing activities (e.g., anchor or net
damage to subsurface habitats).
Discourage use of destructive fishing practices, such as trawling; provide materials and training in
support of sustainable and non- destructive fishing practices.
Education and awareness-raising around potential impacts of different fishing methods on habitats
and the importance of habitat conservation.
Impacts from Induced Access:
Development of artisanal fisheries projects in remote or
undeveloped areas leading to further development, increased
disturbance and pressure on natural resources through bushmeat
hunting, logging, fire, etc.
Careful site selection, with advice from biodiversity authorities/ wildlife specialists to avoid
remote and previously inaccessible areas where possible.
Where possible, instate access controls on roads leading to project facilities (e.g., jetties,
processing facilities) in otherwise undeveloped or remote areas.
Direct Impacts on Flora and Fauna:
Small-scale ground clearance may lead to loss of plant species
and habitats of conservation interest.
Development may displace animals and disturb their habitats
(e.g., increased vessel and vehicle presence, construction of
landing areas and processing facilities).
Careful site selection and siting of project facilities, with advice from biodiversity
authorities/wildlife specialists.
Careful planning of phasing and timing of construction activities.
Demarcation and avoidance of areas of conservation interest (high value species, feeding or
breeding sites, migration routes, etc.) where possible, and wildlife rescue and translocation where
appropriate, under expert supervision.
Also see measures under soils, run-off and flooding, pollution of soils and water, noise / vibration
and induced access above, and invasive species below.
Direct mortality of target and non-target species, leading to
depletion of their populations, including involuntary capture in
lost nets.
Institute measures to ensure sustainability of fisheries, through use of quotas, seasonal and
‘sensitive area’ closures, compulsory permitting etc.; encouraging sustainable traditional practices
and restricting harmful practices (e.g., trawling, use of fish poisons or explosives); education and
awareness-raising around overfishing, sensitive species and habitats.
Invasive Species:
Movement of a workforce into the project area, or introduction
of non-native species during rehabilitation, could introduce
invasive species which adversely impact fauna, flora,
ecosystems, and crops.
Invasive Species Management Plan, which should be developed and implemented in consultation
with authorities, including appropriate eradication measures for different species/groups of
species.
Staff training and awareness-raising in communities.
No introduction of exotic species (e.g., for site rehabilitation) without specialist vetting and
government approval.
Physical and Economic Displacement of People, Property, Assets and
Resources:
Construction of associated facilities may physically displace
people, or lead to loss of assets (e.g., loss of land of agricultural
importance).
Potential for economic displacement of specific individuals or
groups with existing income from fisheries if they are excluded
from sub-projects, or of other water based economic activities
(e.g., navigation, tourism).
Careful site selection and siting of project facilities, avoiding occupation of areas which are
inhabited or regarded as having high value by communities where possible.
Early development and sensitive implementation of resettlement planning, in accordance with
national regulations and international good practice to compensate for any losses (both physical
and economic).
Put in place employment plan, giving preference to employment within local communities.
Develop detailed baseline of existing reliance on fishery resources in the project area, both within
the local community and outside of the community of focus; from this, identify specific groups
that may not benefit from the project and adopt corrective measures as required.
Develop compensation measures for affected parties (e.g., excluded fishermen).
ANNEX I Page 11 of 11
IMPACTS AND RISKS MITIGATION MEASURES
Economic Development and Employment:
Direct employment of local population in the construction
workforce.
Stimulation of local economy through export of produce to
market, and increased demand for goods and services to enhance
livelihoods and economic activity in local communities;
potential for adverse effects if expectations not met and
community relations are not well managed.
For artisanal fisheries projects, a community-based approach is encouraged: the small construction
workforce should be sourced in the local or regional area; further skills required for fishing,
processing or maintenance activities to be included in local training programs and developed
within the community, in order to retain value within that local community.
Development of an Employment Plan, with clear employment requirements and procedures for
the construction workforce.
Transparent and culturally appropriate communication with communities regarding employment
opportunities.
Procurement of local goods and services for development of
related facilities and equipment, and for the workforce could
deplete resources available for local communities.
Procedures for sustainable local procurement, in consultation with local authorities and
community leaders.
Cultural Heritage:
Displacement or disturbance to cultural heritage sites caused by
construction or fishing activities, harm to local setting, amenity
value, etc. due to construction.
Change to intangible cultural heritage due to increased access,
and interaction with non-local workforce.
Careful site selection and siting of all project facilities, taking account of community
consultation/specialist surveys.
Development of a Cultural Heritage Management Plan covering tangible and intangible (e.g.,
local traditions and practices) cultural heritage.
Implementation of a “Chance Finds” procedure during construction.
Community Health, Safety and Security:
Poor construction management practices may lead to adverse
effects on safety, human health and wellbeing.
Good construction site “housekeeping” and management procedures (including site access).
Risk assessments and emergency response planning to consider impacts on local communities.
See also control of pollution under Physical Impacts heading.
Changes to local food availability, due to export of increased
proportion of captured fish, may lead to malnutrition.
Provision of community support and development mechanisms for subsistence
fisheries/aquaculture.
Interaction between any non-local construction workers and
local communities may increase occurrence of communicable
diseases, including HIV/AIDS and sexually transmitted diseases
(STDs).
Implementation of a health management system for the workforce, to ensure it is fit for work and
that it will not introduce disease into local communities.
Training and awareness raising for workforce and their dependents on HIV/AIDS and other STDs,
and communicable diseases including malaria; health awareness raising campaigns for
communities on similar topics.
Workforce-Community Interactions:
Real or perceived disruption to normal community life, through
the physical presence of a non-local workforce.
Adoption of a Stakeholder Engagement Plan, as a framework for early and ongoing community
consultation
Implementation of a Grievance Procedure (see Grievance Procedure and Redress Mechanisms
guidance note).
Works procedures, defining a Code of Appropriate Conduct for all workers, including acceptable
behavior with respect to community interactions.
Labor and Working Conditions:
Poor management of occupational health and safety leading to
accidents, injuries and illnesses among workers.
Differences (perceived or real) in working conditions between
workers may lead to resentment.
Construction employment practices, working conditions and workforce living conditions should
conform to International Labor Organization (ILO) Standards and national regulations.
Clear and comprehensive health and safety reporting and a grievance procedure system should be
established, and be freely available to all of the workforce.
See also Employment and Economic Development.
Source: AfDB, 2015, pp. 125-127.
ANNEX II
Documents Containing More Detailed
SWIOFish3 Project Activities and
Possible Sub-Projects
ANNEX II Page 1 of 7
Activities and Their Costs Included in Tentative Project Budget
# Activity Total
1 Expanded sustainable-use marine protected areas $ 2,447,500
1.1. Extension of sustainable-use MPA network $ 797,000
1.1.1. Research $ -
$ 100,000
Biological studies to define management standards in sustainable-use areas $ 200,000
1.1.2. Management plans
Definition of strategic governance arrangements for sustainable-use zones (national) $ 70,000
Establishment of mortality limits $ 38,500
Establishment of tourism activity limits $ 38,500
Preparation of management plans for sustainable-use areas $ 200,000
1.1.3. Legal framework
Preparation of specific regulations based on the fisheries management plans $ 60,000
Marine Spatial Planning inputs to the Fisheries Act update process $ 40,000
1.1.4. Zoning update
Consultations to revise the sustainable-use areas (MSP Phase 2) $ 50,000
1.2. Management of sustainable-use areas $ 1,650,500
1.2.1. Public sector strengthening
Equipment for Agency X (tbc) $ 25,000
Capacity-building for enforcement of sustainable-use areas $ 150,000
1.2.2. Monitoring, control and surveillance
Biological and ecological monitoring of sustainable-use areas (data collection) $ 300,000
Mahé Plateau Zone 2 on water surveillance (operational costs for sea patrols) $ 192,500
Surveillance equipment for enforcement officers (binoculars, cameras, safety equipment) $ 5,000
NEW Integration of sustainable use zones in vessel monitoring system (equipment, training, service
costs)
$ 200,000
Satellite-based radar imaging for vessel monitoring (all MSP zones) $ 250,000
NEW Fusion Centre set-up, to integrates all surveillance platforms in one software (CLS) $ 138,000
Adaptation of the legal framework for MCS (e.g. satellite-based radar, VMS) $ 50,000
1.2.3. Industrial fishing
Studies to support to the negotiation of fishing agreements $ 50,000
Meetings to support the negotiation of fishing agreements $ 20,000
Promotion of sustainable practices for the national industrial fleet $ 100,000
1.2.4. Marine tourism
Economic impact analysis of the marine charter activity (tourism) $ 100,000
Preparation of licensing framework for marine charter $ 70,000
ANNEX II Page 2 of 7
2 Improved governance of priority fisheries $ 3,203,700
2.1. Fisheries management plans $ 1,473,200
2.1.1. Research in support of the Mahe Plateau and Praslin co-management plans
Stock assessment update, refinement of reference points, methods for estimating catch limits $ 50,000
Preparation of socio-economic impact assessments for fisheries management plans $ 70,000
NEW Fisheries independent survey of Plateau (consultancy to design survey) $ 40,000
2.1.2. Mahé plateau co-management plan implementation
NEW Capacity building for plan Steering Committee $ 15,000
NEW Honorarium for private sector members of Steering Committee $ 12,000
Updates of socio-economic data and bioeconomic model for monitoring and evaluation $ 17,500
2.1.3. Praslin co-management plan implementation
NEW Capacity building for plan Steering Committee $ 15,000
NEW Honorarium for private sector members of Steering Committee $ 12,000
2.1.4. Implementation of MCS for Mahe Plateau plan
Set up $ 20,000
Recurring costs $ 243,000
Other recurring costs $ 62,700
2.1.5. Implementation of MCS for Praslin plan
Set up $ 122,000
Recurring costs $ 162,000
2.1.6. Strengthening of Fisheries Monitoring Centre and MCS capabilities
NEW Legal framework - draft regulations for MCS protocols $ 50,000
Additional equipment for Fisheries Monitoring Centre (FMC) $ 57,000
VMS installation costs for FMC $ 85,000
VMS accessories and tools for installation and spare parts by FMC $ 60,000
Coastal patrol boat equipment (safety etc for Mahe-Maru) $ 50,000
2.1.7. Preparation / update of other fisheries management plans
2.1.7.1. Sea cucumber fishery co-management plan
Stock assessment and management advice $ 60,000
2.1.7.2. Domestic tuna fisheries co-management plan
Preparation of management plan (EZZ plan incl foreign and domestic fleet strategies, FADs) $ 150,000
2.1.7.3. Certification for Seychelles semi-industrial fishery
MSC pre-assessment of Seychelles semi-industrial longline fishery $ 20,000
Fisheries Improvement Program (FIP) for semi-industrial fisheries $ 100,000
2.2. Fleet capacity management and licensing framework $ 200,000
2.2.1. Frame survey for all fishing boats incl. commercial, recreational, sport $ 73,000
2.2.2. Design, preparation of an updated licensing framework, incl. license database and link to SIH $ 47,000
2.2.3. Update legal framework (license and permit regulations) $ 30,000
ANNEX II Page 3 of 7
2.2.4. Preparation of a fleet capacity management plan $ 50,000
2.3. Strengthening fishers contribution to fisheries management process $ 394,500
Capacity building support to fisher associations $ 117,000
Education & awareness program (stakeholders) $ 97,500
Education & awareness program (public) $ 60,000
Liaison officer (consultant/ full-time to SFA) $ 120,000
2.4. Fisheries and marine environment statistics $ 886,000
2.4.1. Improve fisheries information system (SIH)
SFA co-financing of SIH (fees and costs for IFREMER) $ 121,000
NEW Data capture software for SIH (EIS fees) $ 25,000
NEW SIH Oracle license
NEW SIH training in France for SFA Statisticians $ 40,000
NEW Fish size data capture by SIH $ 40,000
NEW Develop longline logbook module for Observe software $ 60,000
Electronic Reporting System $ -
Design of the fisheries dashboard and the data collection strategy (artisanal fisheries) $ 70,000
2.4.2. Improve fisheries economic monitoring
Design and setting up of the satellite economic account for fisheries (ToR from Michel/Karine) $ 70,000
Technical assistance to the fisheries economic intelligence unit (FEIU) $ 130,000
FEIU operational costs $ 260,000
Training (FEIU staff, other agencies, e.g. customs) $ 70,000
2.5. Fisheries sector institutional and legal framework $ 250,000
Institutional review & sector policy note $ 40,000
Develop fisheries sector strategy $ 50,000
Review fisheries sector strategy (MTR) $ 50,000
Assessment of the current public support to the sector $ 35,000
Support to legal framework update $ 75,000
3 Sustainable development of the blue economy $ 12,732,000
3.1. Expansion of value-chains $ 955,000
Value chain and feasibility study to guide investment in fish processing & services sector $ 50,000
Capacity-building for fishers and value-chain operators $ 100,000
3.1.1. Providence fish centre
Financial feasibility study of the Providence fish center $ 75,000
Install refrigeration system & ice plant $ 260,000
Design and installation of sales platform $ 195,000
3.1.2. Label Program
NEW Label materials and design $ 45,000
ANNEX II Page 4 of 7
NEW Label promotion at trade fairs $ 40,000
NEW Label program coordination and management $ 100,000
NEW Sustainability certification of the fishery (internationally-recognized scheme) $ 90,000
3.2. Enabling environment for the development of aquaculture $ 412,000
NEW EIA for local investment in zone 1 and land-based aquaculture $ 152,000
NEW Capacity building for local investment in zone 1 and land-based aquaculture $ 50,000
NEW Training course development for aquaculture pilot project $ 40,000
NEW Capacity building for establishing monitoring, control and surveillance division for aquaculture $ 120,000
NEW Long-term human capital development plan in support of aquaculture sector $ 50,000
3.3. Support for strategic fishery development: capture, post-harvesting and service sectors $ 820,000
Technical Assistance to Fishing Port Development Committee: project management system $ 60,000
Elaboration of a standardized project proposal economic assessment methodology $ 50,000
Training on due diligence and financial analysis for blue bonds on-lending $ 90,000
Assessment of maximum carrying capacity for investment in post-harvesting/service sectors $ 50,000
NEW Study on fishing vessel loan performance and criteria for approval $ 60,000
NEW Feasibility study on vessel refitting, decommissioning and buy-back schemes $ 70,000
NEW Policy and management for new and emerging fisheries $ 15,000
NEW Establishment of fund to support R&D on unexploited fisheries resources $ 300,000
NEW Scoping study for small-scale boat repair facilities $ 20,000
NEW Policy development for improved cold-chain management $ 40,000
NEW Installation of small ice and bait storage plant on Praslin $ 65,000
3.4. Sanitary and phytosanitary monitoring $ 545,000
Training (1 Masters and 2 PhD levels) $ 315,000
Setting-up of the monitoring program $ 30,000
Implementation of the monitoring program $ 130,000
Blueprints for the laboratory $ 70,000
3.5. Blue bonds: management costs and on-lending $ 10,000,000
Support to component 1_to be allocated $ 1,000,000
Support to component 2_to be allocated $ 1,000,000
Vessel refitting, decommissioning and buy-back scheme $ 1,350,000
Fish processing and value addition projects (R&D, technology, training - not infrastructure) $ 1,750,000
Land-based or zone 1 aquaculture enterprises $ 2,400,000
Scientific support enterprises $ 1,250,000
Logistical support enterprises $ 1,250,000
4 Project management and coordination $ 850,000
Technical assistant for project preparation $ 130,000
ANNEX II Page 5 of 7
Total Budget (before Miscellaneous) $ 19,233,200
Miscellaneous 20%
TOTAL BUDGET 24,027,000
Tentative Green List of Investments under the Blue Bond
Investments Prerequisites Supporting
activities
Eligibility of individual
investment
1. Stock rebuilding
GoS purchase of catch limit
portion Management plan
operational and catch
limits adopted
GoS buyback of catch of
individual vessels (linked to
decommissioning)
Management plan
operational and catch
limits adopted
GoS purchase of catch shares Management plan
operational and catch
share system adopted
2. Restructuring of fishing capacity
Refitting vessels for tourism Fleet management plan
and fisheries licensing
framework operational
(phase 2 of management
plan)
Refitting feasible
Refitting vessels for longline
tuna fishing Demersal fleet
management plan and
fisheries licensing
framework operational
(phase 2 of management
plan)
Domestic tuna fisheries
co-management plan
operational
Sustainability of the tuna
stocks (regional
conservation
management effective)
Associated growth of the
services and processing
sector
Refitting feasible
Refitting vessels for under-
or unexploited fisheries Fleet management plan
and fisheries licensing
Refitting feasible
Safeguards studies $ 80,000
Project implementation manual $ 30,000
Economic and financial analysis $ 50,000
Financial audit $ 20,000
Procurement and financial management training $ 25,000
Operation costs, goods and office equipment $ 25,000
Technical assistant for project implementation (project manager) $ 390,000
Annual audits $ 100,000
ANNEX II Page 6 of 7
Investments Prerequisites Supporting
activities
Eligibility of individual
investment
framework operational
(phase 2 of management
plan)
Mechanism in place for
R&D of the unexploited
fisheries
Vessel decommissioning or
buyback Related fisheries
management plan
operational and catch
limits adopted
3. Aquaculture
Land-based production of
high value niche products
(e.g. crustaceans, sea urchins,
ornamental corals and fish)
Mariculture master plan
operational
Support services
available
Compliant with the
mariculture master
plan
Land allocated
Sea ranching of high value
products (e.g. sea cucumbers) Mariculture master plan
operational
Support services
available
Compliant with the
mariculture master
plan
Land and seabed
allocated
4. Fish processing and value addition projects
Medium to large-scale
processing and product
development, with an
emphasis on pelagic species
(e.g. tuna loins, sashimi-
grade tuna, bycatch)
Positives results from
“the value-chain and
feasibility study to guide
investments in the
processing and services
sector”
Fishing Port
Development
Committee strengthened
SWIOFish3
PPA: “Value-
chain and
feasibility study
to guide
investments in
the processing
and services
sector”
SWIOFish3
PPA:
“Technical
assistance to the
Fishing Port
Development
Committee”
Approval by the
Fishing Port
Development
Committee, if relevant
Land allocated
Small to medium-scale bio-
refineries for fish processing
by-products (e.g. oil,
collagen, amino acid, mineral
production)
Positives results from
“the value-chain and
feasibility study to guide
investments in the
processing and services
sector”
Fishing Port
Development
Committee strengthened
SWIOFish3
PPA: “value-
chain and
feasibility study
to guide
investments in
the processing
and services
sector”
SWIOFish3
PPA:
“Technical
assistance to the
Fishing Port
Development
Committee”
Approval by the
Fishing Port
Development
Committee, if relevant
Land allocated
ANNEX II Page 7 of 7
Investments Prerequisites Supporting
activities
Eligibility of individual
investment
5. Services sector
5.1. Logistics support services
Ancillary enterprises for cold
storage and cold-chain
maintenance
Positives results from
“the value-chain and
feasibility study to guide
investments in the
processing and services
sector”
SWIOFish3
PPA: “value-
chain and
feasibility study
to guide
investments in
the processing
and services
sector”
Approval by the
Fishing Port
Development
Committee, if relevant
Land allocated
Small- to medium-scale
enterprises for agencies
providing vessels services
(e.g. stevedoring, chandlery).
Focus on integration of
logistical services to include
ice, bait, and gear for the
demersal and semi-industrial
fisheries
Positives results from
“the value-chain and
feasibility study to guide
investments in the
processing and services
sector”
SWIOFish3
PPA: “value-
chain and
feasibility study
to guide
investments in
the processing
and services
sector”
Approval by the
Fishing Port
Development
Committee, if relevant
Land allocated
Small- to medium-scale
enterprises for logistical
services to the aquaculture
sector, including security
services for onshore and
offshore installations
Mariculture master plan
in place
Land allocated
5.2. Scientific support services
Fisheries observer companies N/A
Environmental monitoring
consultancy firms
N/A
Fisheries science and
management consultancy
companies
N/A
Ideas for Potential Grants Made by SeyCCAT from Blue Bond Proceeds
(20%)
Research and development grants for capture fisheries development (e.g. underexploited
fisheries) (*could also be funded directly under component 3)
Capacity building for boat owners, skippers and fishers to transit to fisheries post-
harvesting, value-added or service sectors, or other economic activities
Conduct feasibility study for refitting schooners, whalers and other commercial fishing
boats for tuna longlining (align with fleet development plan and replacement of foreign
licensed vessels)
Develop and trial electronic catch reporting system
Survey to estimate sport and recreational fishery catch and effort .
ANNEX III
Environmental and Social
Screening Tools Form
ANNEX III
Page 1 of 9
MINISTRY OF FINANCE, TRADE AND ECONOMIC PLANNING
(MFTEP)
Third South West Indian Ocean Fisheries Governance and Shared Growth
Project (SWIOFish3)
Project Implementation Unit (PIU)
Environmental and Social Screening Tools Form
I. INSTRUCTIONS
All sub-project proposals submitted for funding consideration before the Seychelles
Conservation and Climate Adaptation Trust (SeyCCAT) and the Development Bank of
Seychelles’ (DBS) Blue Investment Fund (BIF) must undergo environmental and social
screening.
The environmental and social screening tools comprise the Exclusion List and, as applicable
depending on the nature of the sub-project proposal, the Screening Checklist for Potential
Adverse Impacts and Risks of Aquaculture Sub-Projects or the Screening Checklist for Potential
Adverse Impacts and Risks of Fisheries and Fisheries-Associated Processing Facilities and
Services Sub-Projects.
The Environmental and Social Specialist at the PIU or, if applicable, a Consultant hired by the
PIU, will complete this form. The PIU Project Coordinator will give final approval to the
completed form. Once completed, the Environmental and Social Screening Tools Form will be
an attachment to the sub-project proposal.
The information on the project summary (Section I) will be extracted from the sub-project
proposal submitted by proponents to, as applicable, SeyCCAT or BIF. If information in the sub-
project proposal is insufficient, the PIU Environmental and Social Specialist will contact the
pertinent staff at SeyCCAT or BIF and, if necessary, the sub-project proponent.
In responding to the questions on the Exclusion List (Section III) and the Screening Checklists
for Aquaculture Sub-Projects (Section IV) and Fisheries Sub-Projects (Section V), the PIU
Environmental and Social Specialist or Consultant may need to consult secondary information
sources, other specialists at the MFTEP or at the other co-implementing ministries (i.e., Ministry
of Fisheries and Agriculture, and Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change), or the
sub-project proponent.
The answers to the questions on the Exclusion List and the Screening Checklists should be based
on the inherent environmental and social risks of the sub-project, in the absence of or previous to
the application of mitigation and management measures, so as to form a clear picture of potential
risks in case mitigation measures fail or are not implemented.
ANNEX III
Page 2 of 9
Regarding the Exclusion List, a positive response to any of the questions on the list will render
the sub-project ineligible for funding by the SWIOFish3 Project because it poses significant
negative environmental or social impacts and risks, or involves unauthorized activities.
Therefore, the sub-project will be excluded from further funding consideration by the project.
The responses to, as applicable depending on the nature of the sub-project proposal, the
Screening Checklist in Section IV or the Screening Checklist in Section V, will serve as the basis
for the initial identification of potential environmental and social impacts and risks of the sub-
project proposal and, further, will provide an essential input for the environmental and social
scoping of the sub-project, which constitutes the next step of the Environmental and Social
Management Framework.
For the three tools included in Sections III to V, the PIU Environmental and Social Specialist or
Consultant will place a check mark on the appropriate box in response to all applicable
questions, leaving empty the boxes not relevant to the sub-project proposal.
II. SUB-PROJECT SUMMARY
Proponent:
Sub-Project Name:
Sub-Project Location:
Estimated Sub-Project Cost:
Sub-Project Objectives:
Brief Description of Proposed Sub-Project:
ANNEX III
Page 3 of 9
III. EXCLUSION LIST
Question Answer
Yes No
Is the subproject located within or adjacent to a protected or an ecologically sensitive
area, as defined in Schedule 2 of the Environment Protection (Impact Assessment)
Regulations of 1996?
Will the subproject cause significant conversion or degradation of critical natural
habitats, such as converting mangrove forests to aquaculture use or other land uses, or
other unsustainable cutting of mangrove forests?
Will the subproject involve unsustainable or illegal fishing activities (e.g., illegally-
sized nets, spear fishing, use of dynamite, etc.)?
Will the subproject physically block or restrict fishers’ access to the water (e.g.,
structures with walls or other shoreline obstructions or barriers that physically prevent
fishers from accessing or launching their boats using customary or longstanding paths,
roads or other rights of way)?
Will the subproject cause significant socioeconomic impacts involving involuntary
resettlement (i.e., displacement of large number of houses or building structures;
significant loss, denial or restriction of access to marine and coastal resources, land,
crops and other economic assets; or significant loss of sources of income or means of
subsistence)?
NOTE: A yes answer to any of the above questions will indicate that the proposed sub-project is
ineligible for funding under the SWIOFish3 Project.
ANNEX III
Page 4 of 9
IV. SCREENING CHECKLIST FOR POTENTIAL ADVERSE IMPACTS AND
RISKS OF AQUACULTURE SUB-PROJECTS
Is the sub-project likely to generate any of the following environmental or social
risks:
Answer
Yes No
Interruption or disruption of surface and groundwater flows from construction,
excavation and ground clearance?
Reduced flows or lowering of water table due to abstraction, possibly resulting in
salinization?
Disruption of coastal processes (e.g., wave, tidal and current regime, sediment
transport, flood and storm protection) due to inadequate siting of sub-project?
Saline intrusion into groundwater due to excessive abstraction of groundwater
during operation?
Pollution of groundwater from discharges and accidental releases during
construction and maintenance, and from wastewater during operation?
Loss, damage or disruption of soil/sediments during construction and
maintenance?
Introduction of sediments to coastal waters or inland watercourses, or interruption
of drainage patterns, as a result of ground clearance, earthworks and operational
maintenance of systems?
Pollution of coastal waters or inland watercourses from operational wastewater
(e.g., nutrients, pesticides, fertilizers, treatments), as well as from fish processing
and workforce sewage?
Release of hazardous substances during construction or maintenance (e.g.,
accidental spills and leaks) leading to soil, surface or groundwater contamination?
Dust and emissions from construction and maintenance activities, could affect
human health, vegetation and wildlife?
Nuisance to nearby receptors due to odors associated with preparation facilities?
Noise and vibration from construction and maintenance equipment, traffic and
activities, which may disturb sensitive noise receptors (human, fauna, including
underwater noise impacts on fish and marine mammals, e.g., from piling during
construction)?
Reduction of water availability for human communities and ecosystems due to
abstraction of significant volume of water from surface or ground water sources
for supply to aquaculture system?
Excess consumption of materials, generation of wastes/emissions, pollution of
soils and water due to inefficient waste management during construction,
operation and maintenance; in particular, impacts of wastewater contaminated
with nutrients and chemicals?
Loss, degradation or fragmentation of protected or ecologically sensitive areas
(e.g., wetlands, migration routes), and other areas of conservation interest due to
site footprint and earthworks during construction or maintenance?
ANNEX III
Page 5 of 9
Is the sub-project likely to generate any of the following environmental or social
risks:
Answer
Yes No
Impacts on habitats and species from habitat alteration and degradation (e.g., from
reduction in downstream water supply, changes in water flow and drainage, soil
erosion, pollution of water, soils or air, introduction of invasive species)?
Further development, increased disturbance and pressure on natural resources due
to development of aquaculture projects in previously undeveloped areas?
Loss of plant species and habitats of conservation interest due to earthworks and
clearance?
Displacement of animals and disturbance of their habitats due to direct disturbance
during construction and operation (e.g., from noise, light disturbance at night,
general human presence)?
Degradation of native populations due to spread of diseases from cultured species?
Introduction of invasive species which adversely impact fauna, flora, ecosystems,
and crops, due to movement of plant and workforce into areas?
Establishment of populations or genetic mixing with wild populations caused by
accidental release of cultured species (especially non-native ones), leading to
negative impacts on local flora and fauna?
Physical displacement of people or loss of assets (e.g., fishing grounds, or land) or
loss of income from other water-based economic activities (e.g., navigation,
tourism), due to development of aquaculture projects?
Adverse effects on water availability or quality for other users, due to water flow
reduction downstream of the aquaculture development (or down-current for
coastal aquaculture)?
Direct employment of local population in workforce?
Stimulation of local economy through export of and demand for goods and
services to enhance livelihoods and economic activity in local communities?
Reduction in resources available for local communities due to procurement of
local goods and services for development of aquaculture system and workforce?
Displacement or damage to cultural heritage sites by construction activities, harm
to local setting, amenity value, etc. due to construction?
Change to intangible cultural heritage due to increased access, and interaction with
workforce?
Adverse effects on safety, human health and wellbeing due to poor construction
management practices?
Increased occurrence of communicable diseases, including HIV/AIDS and
sexually transmitted diseases (STDs) due to interaction between any non-local
construction workers and local communities?
Changes in exposure to water borne and water related diseases, especially those
associated with water dwelling disease vectors (new areas of standing water
created) or poor sanitary conditions?
Real or perceived disruption to normal community life, through the physical
presence of a workforce?
ANNEX III
Page 6 of 9
Is the sub-project likely to generate any of the following environmental or social
risks:
Answer
Yes No
Conflict with resident communities, and pressure on local resources and
infrastructure due to population migration into project area?
Accidents, injuries and illnesses among workers (e.g., risks of working close to
water) due to poor management of occupational health and safety; potential mental
health issues due to remote or enclosed living?
Resentment between workers due to differences (perceived or real) in working
conditions?
Discrimination and harassment due to differences in nationality, ethnicity,
religion, etc?
ANNEX III
Page 7 of 9
V. SCREENING CHECKLIST FOR POTENTIAL ADVERSE IMPACTS AND
RISKS OF FISHERIES AND FISHERIES-ASSOCIATED PROCESSING
FACILITIES AND SERVICES SUB-PROJECTS
Is the sub-project likely to generate any of the following environmental or social
risks:
Answer
Yes No
Interruption or disruption of surface and groundwater flows from small-scale
ground clearance and construction of landing, storage or processing facilities?
Disruption of coastal processes (e.g., wave, tidal and current regime, sediment
transport, flood and storm protection) from construction of landing and boat
mooring facilities?
Loss, damage or disruption of soil/sediments during small-scale construction
works?
Introduction of sediments to watercourses or interruption of drainage patterns, as a
result of ground clearance and earthworks?
Pollution of watercourses caused by wastewater from processing facilities, as well
as small increases in sewage inputs due to workforce during construction works?
Release of hazardous substances associated with construction/maintenance
activities or with transport of goods (e.g., accidental spills and leaks), leading to
soil, surface or groundwater contamination?
Dust and emissions from small-scale construction activities, and from vehicles and
motorized vessels, could affect human health, vegetation and wildlife?
Nuisance to nearby receptors due to odors associated with preparation facilities?
Noise and vibration from small-scale construction activities, and from vehicles and
motorized vessels, which may disturb sensitive noise receptors (human and fauna,
including fish and marine mammals)?
Excessive or unregulated capture of a small range of target species and accidental
capture of other non-targeted species may deplete stocks and place pressure on
local food resources?
Excess consumption of materials, generation of wastes/emissions, pollution of
soils and water due to inefficient waste management during construction, operation
and maintenance?
Loss, degradation or fragmentation of protected or ecologically sensitive areas
(e.g., wetlands, migration routes), and other areas of conservation interest?
Impacts on habitats and species from habitat alteration and degradation during
construction and operation (e.g., changes in water flow and drainage, soil erosion,
pollution of water, soils or air)?
Impacts on habitats and species from habitat alteration and degradation caused by
fishing activities (e.g., anchor or net damage to subsurface habitats)?
Further development, increased disturbance and pressure on natural resources
through bushmeat hunting, logging, fire, etc., caused by development of artisanal
fisheries projects in remote or undeveloped areas?
ANNEX III
Page 8 of 9
Is the sub-project likely to generate any of the following environmental or social
risks:
Answer
Yes No
Loss of plant species and habitats of conservation interest due to small-scale
ground clearance?
Displacement of animals and disturbance of their habitats (e.g., increased vessel
and vehicle presence, construction of landing areas and processing facilities) due
to construction activities?
Direct mortality of target and non-target species, leading to depletion of their
populations, including involuntary capture in lost nets?
Introduction of invasive species which adversely impact fauna, flora, ecosystems,
and crops, due to movement of a workforce into the project area, or introduction of
non-native species during rehabilitation?
Physical displacement of people or loss of assets (e.g., loss of land of agricultural
importance) due to construction of associated facilities?
Economic displacement of specific individuals or groups with existing income
from fisheries if they are excluded from sub-projects, or of other water based
economic activities (e.g., navigation, tourism)?
Direct employment of local population in the construction workforce?
Stimulation of local economy through export of produce to market, and increased
demand for goods and services to enhance livelihoods and economic activity in
local communities?
Reduction in resources available for local communities due to procurement of
local goods and services for development of related facilities and equipment, and
for the workforce?
Displacement or disturbance to cultural heritage sites caused by construction or
fishing activities, harm to local setting, amenity value, etc. due to construction?
Change to intangible cultural heritage due to increased access, and interaction with
non-local workforce?
Adverse effects on safety, human health and wellbeing due to poor construction
management practices?
Changes to local food availability due to export of increased proportion of
captured fish?
Increased occurrence of communicable diseases, including HIV/AIDS and
sexually transmitted diseases (STDs) due to interaction between any non-local
construction workers and local communities?
Real or perceived disruption to normal community life, through the physical
presence of a non-local workforce?
Accidents, injuries and illnesses among workers due to poor management of
occupational health and safety?
Resentment between workers due to differences (perceived or real) in working
conditions?
ANNEX III
Page 9 of 9
Form prepared by:
Signature: Date:
Name (print): Job Title:
Form approved by:
Signature: Date:
Name (print): Job Title:
ANNEX IV
Environmental and Social
Scoping Form
ANNEX IV
Page 1 of 7
MINISTRY OF FINANCE, TRADE AND ECONOMIC PLANNING
(MFTEP)
Third South West Indian Ocean Fisheries Governance and Shared Growth
Project (SWIOFish3)
Project Implementation Unit (PIU)
Environmental and Social Scoping Form
I. INSTRUCTIONS
The Environmental and Social Specialist at the PIU or, if applicable, a Consultant hired by the
PIU, will complete this form. The PIU Project Coordinator will give final approval to the
completed form.
The proposed category for each sub-project, as well as the terms of reference (TOR) for the
necessary environmental and social analyses, will be subject to consultation with the
Environmental Assessment and Permit Section (EAPS) of the Ministry of Environment, Energy
and Climate Change (MEECC). In the particular case of TORs for environmental and social
impact assessments (ESIAs), the MEECC through the EAPS must give its formal approval as
national environmental authority.
The initial information necessary to fill out this form will come from, depending on the nature of
the sub-project proposal, the Screening Checklist for Potential Adverse Impacts and Risks of
Aquaculture Sub-Projects or the Screening Checklist for Potential Adverse Impacts and Risks of
Fisheries and fisheries-Associated Processing Facilities and Services Sub-Projects, both included
in Annex III. In completing this form, the PIU Environmental and Social Specialist or Consultant
may need to consult secondary information sources, other specialists at the MFTEP or at the
other co-implementing ministries (i.e., Ministry of Fisheries and Agriculture, and MEECC),
and/or the sub-project proponent. Further, it may be necessary to conduct site visits if the
environmental and social information available is insufficient or if the sub-project is likely to
cause significant negative risks.
This form consists of three additional sections. Section II contains a synthesis of the sub-project
characteristics extracted from the sub-project proposal. Section III provides an approach to
determining the significance of the risks identified in the Environmental and Social Screening
step of the ESMF. Risk significance is based on a combination of ratings of the impact and the
probability of each risk identified. This section provides guidance on determining the impact,
probability and significance of each risk. Based on the results of the risk significance
determination exercise, Section IV categorizes each sub-project from the environmental and
social point of view and, if applicable, identifies the type of further environmental and social
analysis required.
ANNEX IV
Page 2 of 7
II. SUB-PROJECT SUMMARY
Proponent:
Sub-Project Name:
Sub-Project Location:
Estimated Sub-Project Cost:
Sub-Project Objectives:
Brief Description of Proposed Sub-Project:
ANNEX IV
Page 3 of 7
III. DETERMINATION OF SIGNIFICANCE OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL RISKS
POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL RISKS SIGNIFICANCE OF RISK
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF RISK
Depending on whether the proposed sub-project is in the
aquaculture or the fisheries sector use, respectively, Section IV or
Section V of Annex III, to complete this column by copying here
all the potential risks for which the answer was YES to the
question: Is the sub-project likely to generate any of following
environmental or social risks? As indicated in Annex III, risks
should be identified in the absence of or previous to the
application of mitigation and management measures
Using Tables 1 and 2 below as guides, rate the impact and
probability of each risk identified on a scale of 1 to 5. The text on
the next page provides guidance on the definition of impact and
risk, and how to estimate a potential impact. Using Table 3 below
as a guide, rate the significance of each risk
Impact (1-5) Probability (1-5) Significance (Low,
Moderate, High)
Source: Adapted from UNDP, 2016, p. 27.
ANNEX IV
Page 4 of 7
Definition of Impact and Risk, and Estimation of Potential Impact
In order to evaluate the significance of identified environmental and social risks, as required in
the matrix on the previous page, it is necessary to estimate “… both the potential impact (e.g.,
consequences if the risk were to occur) and probability (e.g. the likelihood of the risk occurring)
for each identified risk.
The following factors need to be considered when estimating the potential impact:
Type and location: Is the Project in a high-risk sector or does it include high-risk
components? Is it located in sensitive areas (e.g. in densely populated areas, near critical
habitat, indigenous territories, protected areas, etc.)
Magnitude or intensity: could an impact result in destruction or serious impairment of a
social or environmental feature or system, or deterioration of the economic, social or cultural
well-being of a large number of people?
Manageability: will relatively uncomplicated, accepted measures suffice to avoid or mitigate
the potential impacts, or is detailed study required to understand if the impacts can be
managed and which management measures are needed?
Duration: will the adverse impacts be short-term (e.g. exist only during construction),
medium term (e.g. five years) or long-term?
Reversibility: is an impact reversible or irreversible?
Community Involvement: Absence of community involvement is an inherent risk for the
success and sustainability of any project. Have project-affected communities been consulted
in project planning and design? Will they have a substantive role to play in the Project going
forward?” (UNDP, 2016, p. 17).
Table 1
Rating “Impact” of a Risk
Score Rating Social and environmental impacts
5 Critical Significant adverse impacts on human populations and/or environment. Adverse impacts high in
magnitude and/or spatial extent (e.g. large geographic area, large number of people, transboundary
impacts, cumulative impacts) and duration (e.g. long-term, permanent and/or irreversible); areas
impacted include areas of high value and sensitivity (e.g. valuable ecosystems, critical habitats);
adverse impacts to rights, lands, resources and territories of indigenous peoples; involve significant
displacement or resettlement; generates significant quantities of greenhouse gas emissions; impacts
may give rise to significant social conflict
4 Severe Adverse impacts on people and/or environment of medium to large magnitude, spatial extent and
duration more limited than critical (e.g. predictable, mostly temporary, reversible). The potential risk
impacts of projects that may affect the human rights, lands, natural resources, territories, and
traditional livelihoods of indigenous peoples are to be considered at a minimum potentially severe.
3 Moderate Impacts of low magnitude, limited in scale (site-specific) and duration (temporary), can be avoided,
managed and/or mitigated with relatively uncomplicated accepted measures
2 Minor Very limited impacts in terms of magnitude (e.g. small affected area, very low number of people
affected) and duration (short), may be easily avoided, managed, mitigated
1 Negligible Negligible or no adverse impacts on communities, individuals, and/or environment
Source: UNDP, 2016, p. 17.
ANNEX IV
Page 5 of 7
Table 2
Rating “Probability” of a Risk
Score Rating
5 Expected
4 Highly Likely
3 Moderately likely
2 Not Likely
1 Slight
Source: adapted from UNDP, 2016, p. 17.
Table 3
Determining “Significance” of a Risk
Source: UNDP, 2016, p. 17
ANNEX IV
Page 6 of 7
IV. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL CATEGORIZATION OF SUB-PROJECTS
The overall environmental and social category of a given sub-project proposal will be the same
as that of the risk with the highest level of significance, as determined using the matrix provided
in the previous section. In this sense, sub-projects will be categorized as “high risk”, “moderate
risk” or “low risk” as follows:
“Low Risk: Projects that include activities with minimal or no risks of adverse social or
environmental impacts.
Moderate Risk: Projects that include activities with potential adverse social and
environmental risks and impacts, that are limited in scale, can be identified with a reasonable
degree of certainty, and can be addressed through application of standard best practice,
mitigation measures and stakeholder engagement during Project implementation. […]
High Risk: Projects that include activities… with potential significant and/or irreversible
adverse social and environmental risks and impacts, or which raise significant concerns
among potentially affected communities and individuals as expressed during the stakeholder
engagement process. High Risk activities may involve significant impacts on physical,
biological, ecosystem, socioeconomic, or cultural resources” (UNDP, 2016, p. 18).
In particular reference to sub-projects involving aquaculture, and fish processing plants and
equipment, although their likely risk categorization will be moderate risk after the application of
the procedure described in this annex, they will be required to prepare an Environmental and
Social Impact Assessment (ESIA). This is so in order to comply with the requirements
established in Seychelles’ Environment Protection (Impact Assessment) Regulations of 1996,
which stipulate that projects dealing with “fish and associated products farming” (i.e., “fish
farming works and extension, aquaculture” and “fish processing plants and equipment”) must
submit an ESIA. In effect, the Regulations list these types of investments in its Schedule 1 of
“projects or activities requiring environmental authorization,” also termed “prescribed projects
and activities.” All of the types of projects listed in Schedule 1 must submit an ESIA, a review of
which serves as the basis for the Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change to make
a determination as to whether or not an environmental authorization will be granted.
Please tick off the applicable sub-project category below, based on the implementation of the
procedure contained in this form:
High Risk: _________
Moderate Risk: ________
Low Risk: _________
In case a sub-project falls under the high risk category, it will be dropped from further funding
consideration. For sub-projects involving aquaculture, and fish processing plants and equipment,
as well as for moderate risk sub-projects, attach the terms of reference for the pertinent required
environmental and social studies specified in the last column of the table below. For low risk
sub-projects, attach a list of appropriate mitigation measures.
ANNEX IV
Page 7 of 7
Project Category Required Environmental and Social
Analysis
Moderate
Risk
Aquaculture and fish processing
sub-projects listed in Schedule 1 of
Environment Protection (Impact
Assessment) Regulations of 1996
Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment (see Annex V for TOR).
All other moderate risk sub-projects Site-Specific Environmental and Social
Management Plan (see Annex VI for TOR).
Site-Specific Health and Safety
Management Plan (see Annex VI for TOR).
Specific socio-economic studies may be
required under the process framework
included as a separate report.
Low Risk List of mitigation measures (see Annexes I
and X).
Form prepared by:
Signature: Date:
Name (print): Job Title:
Form approved by:
Signature: Date:
Name (print): Job Title:
ANNEX V
TOR for ESIA
ANNEX V Page 1 of 2
Illustrative Content of an Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Report for Sub-
Projects Listed in Schedule 1 of Seychelles Environment Protection (Impact Assessment)
Regulations of 19961
1. An environmental assessment (EA) report for a Category A project focuses on the significant
environmental issues of a project. The report's scope and level of detail should be commensurate
with the project's potential impacts.
2. The EA report should include the following items (not necessarily in the order shown):
(a) Executive summary. Concisely discusses significant findings and recommended actions.
(b) Policy, legal, and administrative framework. Discusses the policy, legal, and
administrative framework within which the EA is carried out. Explains the environmental
requirements of any cofinanciers. Identifies relevant international environmental agreements
to which the country is a party.
(c) Project description. Concisely describes the proposed project and its geographic,
ecological, social, and temporal context, including any offsite investments that may be
required (e.g., dedicated pipelines, access roads, power plants, water supply, housing, and
raw material and product storage facilities). Indicates the need for any resettlement plan or
indigenous peoples development plan (see also subpara. (h)(v) below). Normally includes a
map showing the project site and the project's area of influence.
(d) Baseline data. Assesses the dimensions of the study area and describes relevant
physical, biological, and socioeconomic conditions, including any changes anticipated before
the project commences. Also takes into account current and proposed development activities
within the project area but not directly connected to the project. Data should be relevant to
decisions about project location, design, operation, or mitigatory measures. The section
indicates the accuracy, reliability, and sources of the data.
(e) Environmental impacts. Predicts and assesses the project's likely positive and negative
impacts, in quantitative terms to the extent possible. Identifies mitigation measures and any
residual negative impacts that cannot be mitigated. Explores opportunities for environmental
enhancement. Identifies and estimates the extent and quality of available data, key data gaps,
and uncertainties associated with predictions, and specifies topics that do not require further
attention.
(f) Analysis of alternatives.
(g) Environmental management plan (EMP). Covers mitigation measures, monitoring, and
institutional strengthening;
(h) Appendixes
1 The source for these suggested outline and content for ESIA Reports is: WB, 1999.
ANNEX V Page 2 of 2
(i) List of EA report preparers--individuals and organizations.
(ii) References--written materials both published and unpublished, used in study
preparation. (iii) Record of interagency and consultation meetings, including
consultations for obtaining the informed views of the affected people and local
nongovernmental organizations (NGOs). The record specifies any means other than
consultations (e.g., surveys) that were used to obtain the views of affected groups and
local NGOs.
(iv) Tables presenting the relevant data referred to or summarized in the main text.
(v) List of associated reports (e.g., resettlement plan or indigenous peoples development
plan).
ANNEX VI
TOR for Contractor’s Site-Specific
ESMP and Site-Specific HSMP
ANNEX VI Page 1 of 5
I. INTRODUCTION
This document spells out the requirements regarding the structure and content of the Site-
Specific Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP), and the Site-Specific Health and
Safety Management Plan (HSMP)1 that must be prepared for Moderate Risk sub-projects, as
established in the ESMF for the SWIOFish3 Project.
Both Site-Specific Plans will be the Contractors’ operative documents on how to mitigate,
inspect and monitor potential environmental, social, and occupational health and safety impacts
during mobilization, construction and demobilization of Moderate Risk sub-projects. In this
sense, they are eminently practical and concrete instruments.
The next two sections detail the outline and content requirements for, respective, the Site-
Specific ESMP and the Site-Specific HSMP.
1 The source for the TORs included in this annex is Cabral, 2013, Annex X.
ANNEX VI Page 2 of 5
II. REQUIREMENTS ON SITE-SPECIFIC ESMP
1. Introduction
2. Brief description of relevant environmental and social characteristics of project site.
3. Project Description
Focus on impact-generating activities (e.g., demand of water and materials, earth
movement, etc.).
Environmental liabilities: identify and include a photographic registry of pre-existing
environmental liabilities (e.g., gully erosion areas, abandoned borrow pits,
unauthorized dumping sites, etc.) and, hence, not attributable to the implementation
of the project.
4. Potential Impacts during Mobilization, Construction and Demobilization
Apply simple rating of significance.
Quantify/qualify impacts (e.g., surface and type of vegetation to be removed, amount
and type of wastes to be generated, noise levels, etc.).
Describe impacts by chain age (linear infrastructure projects or linear components of
infrastructure projects)2 and/or identify places where specific impacts will manifest
(non-linear infrastructure projects).
5. Mitigation Plan
Specify the detailed measures to mitigate the identified impacts (also by chain age
and/or location).
Include designs for measures requiring structural solutions (e.g., gabions, etc.).
Include the schedule of implementation of mitigation measures in relation to the
general construction schedule.
Health and Safety Management Plan (detailed, see below).
Waste Management Plan (detailed).
Traffic Management Plan (detailed).
Training Program (detailed).
HIV/AIDS Awareness and Prevention Program.
Community Relations Program.
If applicable, location and technical specifications for installation and operation of
campsites, including workshops, garages, laboratories, offices, sanitary installations,
etc.
If applicable, location and technical specifications for operation of quarries and
borrow pits, and procedures for negotiation with and compensation of land owners
where they are located.
If applicable, location and technical specifications for installation and operation of
concrete batching, stone crushing, cement mixing and asphalt plants.
2 Examples of linear infrastructure projects are roads, oil and gas pipelines, and electrical transmission and
distribution lines. Examples of linear components of infrastructure projects are the mains and pipes of water and
sewage projects, and the access roads for hydroelectric projects.
ANNEX VI Page 3 of 5
If applicable, location and technical specifications for installation and operation of
temporary and permanent dump sites.
6. Inspection Plan
Inspection function: specify frequency, locations and instruments (e.g., checklists, site
reports, photo registry, etc.) to conduct site inspections.
Permitting: required environmental permits and schedule to obtain them.
7. Monitoring Plan
Specify, for each variable: frequency of measurement, locations, methods/equipment,
units/measures, quality standards, and reporting requirements and periodicity,
including establishment of trends.
8. Organization and Management
Specify organizational structure, personnel, resource and equipment requirements,
reporting requirements and periodicity, and inter-institutional communication and
coordination mechanisms.
9. Annexes
If the Contractor wishes to incorporate information beyond the indicated above, such
as the policy, institutional and regulatory framework for environmental management
in Seychelles, biophysical and socioeconomic characteristics of the area of influence
of the Project, World Bank safeguards policies, etc., that information should be
included as an annex and not in the body of the site-specific ESMP. Preferably, such
information should not be attached.
Annexes should be used, if necessary, to include detailed information on the specific
topics of the ESMP (e.g., inspection forms or checklists, design of structural
mitigation measures, photographic registry of environmental liabilities, etc.).
ANNEX VI Page 4 of 5
III. REQUIREMENTS ON SITE-SPECIFIC HSMP
1. Introduction (including objectives of the HSMP).
2. Hazard Prevention and Control
Risk assessment (including description of risk assessment method used).
Prevention, protection and control measures (based on risk assessment performed):
Personal protective equipment and clothing: safety goggles, ear plugs, work
boots, dust masks, protective clothing etc.
Health and safety, and sanitary facilities, equipment, materials and personnel:
first-aid kits and stations, health personnel, safe drinking water, sanitary facilities,
accommodations, washing facilities, domestic waste disposal, etc.
On-site safety measures and procedures to protect workers against accidents and
health risks in the performance of construction-related activities:
Site security: access, safety of visitors, separation of work and rest areas,
signage, etc.
Over-exertion, and ergonomic injuries and illnesses (repetitive motion,
manual handling, etc.).
Slips and falls (due to poor housekeeping, such as excessive waste debris,
loose construction materials, liquid spills, and uncontrolled use of electrical
cords and ropes on the ground).
Work in heights (risk of falls from elevation associated with working with
ladders, scaffolding, and partially built or demolished structures).
Struck by objects.
Confined spaces, excavations and trenches.
Electric shock and arc flash/arc blast.
Handling of raw materials (earthwork, gravel, crushed rock, sand, etc.),
handling of other materials causing dust development (such as cement),
handling of hydrated lime and other activators and additives, handling of
asphalt.
Handling of flammable materials.
Hazardous materials management.
Maintenance of vehicles and machinery.
Emergency prevention, preparedness and response.
3. Health and Safety Training Program
Provide specifics of training and instruction: topics, frequency, modalities, target
audiences, instructors, training materials, etc.
Potential topics:
Occupational safety risks and prevention.
Health risks and prevention.
Use of personal protective equipment.
Safe work procedures: general and specific.
4. Organization and Management
ANNEX VI Page 5 of 5
Organizational structure, personnel, equipment, communication and reporting
requirements, accident and incident reports, and procedures and tools to verify and
ensure compliance with occupational health and safety requirements.
5. Annexes
Annexes should be used, if necessary, to include detailed information on the specific
topics of the HSMP, such as (illustrative list):
Accident Report forms.
Dangerous Occurrence forms (near misses).
Safety Audit Forms.
Safety Check List.
Safety Rules.
List of hospitals, emergency evacuation strategy and other arrangements to treat
seriously injured staff.
List of personnel trained in first aid and their places of deployment.
List of first aid kits and locations where these will be held.
ANNEX VII
Due Diligence Checklist
for ESIA Report
ANNEX VII
Page 1 of 12
Due Diligence Checklist for ESIA Report1
Background The following tables provide one approach to reviewing the basic adequacy of the
standard of an ESIA report. These tables are not sufficient on their own to fully review
a report. It is recommended that the following steps should also be carried out:
• a check for compliance with legal or donor requirements;
• an assessment of the scientific and technical adequacy of the work; and
• a public review of the work.
This review should be able to be carried out by a person who is familiar with the environmental
impact assessment process and the requirements of any local regulations.
Instructions The review process is outlined on the flowchart on the following
page. There are four review areas, each with a series of review
categories.
For each review category, the reviewer is asked to rate the ESIA report for its performance
in addressing a list of issues. The reviewer gives each issue a rating between A and F (see
table of review criteria for details). The overall rating for a category is then determined by
the reviewer on the basis of the results of the individual ratings, weighted according to
their relative importance by the reviewer.
Some issues and categories (marked **) are essential to the overall adequacy of the ESIA report.
If they do not achieve a minimum rating of C the report should be returned to the proponent for
improvement, or, if this is not feasible, other remedial action should be taken as appropriate.
The evaluation of the overall report is determined by the reviewer, based on the ratings
of the review categories, again weighted according to their relative importance. Added to
this evaluation should be:
• a brief summary of the strengths and weaknesses of the report;
• any needs for further study;
• any impact monitoring and management required to be undertaken by the proponent
or the government; and
• any terms and conditions that should apply if approval of the proposal is granted.
1 United Nations Environment Program, 2002, pp. 370-381.
ANNEX VII
Page 2 of 12
determine whether the ESIA report meets minimum standards by
noting whether the review criteria marked ** have performed
satisfactorily (rated A, B, or C)
yes
no
determine whether the ESIA report is in broad compliance with reporting
requirements by noting whether all review areas performed satisfactorily
(rated A, B or C)
yes
no
complete information on cover sheet of review
report
skim-read ESIA report noting the layout and
content
Review area 1 description of the development, the
local environment and the baseline conditions
review each criteria, and assign each category a rating
Review area 2 identification, analysis and
assessment of impacts,
review each criteria, and assign each
category a rating
Review area 3 alternatives and
mitigation review each
criteria, and assign each
category a rating
Review area 4 communication of
results review each criteria, and assign
each category a rating
on basis of the above review, rate review area 1 as a
whole
on basis of the above review, rate review area 2 as a
whole
on basis of the above review, rate review area 3 as a
whole
on basis of the above review,
rate review area 4 as a
whole
return to
proponent for revision
return to proponent for
revision
provide a brief written summary of your assessment of the strengths and weaknesses of the report as well as any needs for further study
impact monitoring and management by proponent or government
assign a rating to the report as a whole
state any terms and conditions that
should apply if the proposal is approved
ANNEX VII
Page 3 of 12
Due Diligence Checklist for ESIA Report
ESIA report title and date:
ESIA report reviewed by:
Dates of review:
Review criteria:
Rating Explanation
A generally well performed, no important tasks left incomplete
B generally satisfactory and complete, only minor omissions and
inadequacies
C just satisfactory despite omissions and/or inadequacies
D parts well attempted but must, on the whole be considered just
unsatisfactory because of omissions and/or inadequacies
E unsatisfactory, significant omissions or inadequacies
F very unsatisfactory, important task(s) poorly done or not attempted
NIA not applicable, the review topic is not applicable in the context of
the project
ANNEX VII
Page 4 of 12
Review of ESIA Report
Using the review criteria from the previous page, complete the tables on the following pages and
then answer the following questions.
1 Minimum requirements
Did all the review criteria marked ** in the ESIA review tables perform satisfactorily, i.e. rate A, B
or C?
YES NO
(If not the report should be returned to the proponent for revision.)
2 Broad compliance
Were all four review areas rated satisfactory or better ,i.e. rate A, B, or C?
YES NO
(If not the report should be returned to the proponent for revision.)
3 Overall quality
Overall rating for report A B C D E F
Provide a brief summary of the key factors which determined your overall rating. Include your
assessment of the strengths and weaknesses of the report as well as any needs for further study and
impact monitoring and management by the proponent or the Government. Pay particular attention
to the adequacy of the report based on the requirements of your discipline or agency.
4 Approval terms and conditions
If ESIA acceptance of the proposal is granted on the basis of this ESIA report what terms and
conditions should govern the manner in which the activity proceeds? These can refer to
responsibilities of either the Government or the proponent.
ANNEX VII
Page 5 of 12
Review Area 1
Description of the development, the local environment and the baseline conditions
1.1 Description of the development: the purpose(s) of the development is adequately
described as well as its physical characteristics, scale and design. Quantities of
material needed during construction and operation are included and, where
appropriate, a description is given of the production processes.
1.1.1 The purposes and objectives of the development are adequately explained. rating**
1.1.2 The design, size or scale of the development, and the nature and duration of
construction and operation activities, are adequately described. Diagrams, plans,
charts and/or maps are used effectively for this purpose
rating**
1.1.3 The report adequately describes the environmental planning that went into the
design of the project to minimize negative environmental effects and capture
potential benefits.
rating**
1.1.4 Important design features, especially those for environmental planning and socio-
economic management (eg pollution control, waste management, erosion control,
handling of toxic or hazardous materials, worker services) are highlighted.
rating
1.1.5 There is an adequate indication of the physical presence or appearance of the
completed development within the receiving environment.
rating
1.1.6 The nature and quantities of material need during both the construction and
operational phases are described as well as, where appropriate, the nature of the
production processes.
rating
1.1.7 The numbers of workers involved with the project during both construction and
operation are estimated.
rating**
Overall grade for category 1.1 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
Comments
1.2 Site description: the on-site land requirements of the development are described, as well
as the duration of each land use.
1.2.1 The land area taken up by the development site is well defined and its location
clearly shown on a map.
rating**
1.2.2 The uses to which this land will be put are described and the different land use
areas demarcated.
rating
1.2.3 Where alternate plans, designs or sites are being considered each is adequately
discussed according to Criteria 1.2.1 and 1.2.2
rating
Overall grade for category 1.2 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
Comments
ANNEX VII
Page 6 of 12
1.3 Residuals: the types and quantities of residual and/or waste matter and energy created
are adequately estimated, the expected rate of production given, and the proposed
disposal routes to the environment identified.
1.3.1 The types and quantities of waste matter, energy and residual materials and the
rate at which these will be produced, are adequately estimated. Uncertainties are
acknowledged and ranges or confidence limits given where possible.
rating**
1.3.2 The ways in which it is proposed to handle and/or treat these wastes and
residuals is indicated, together with the routes by which they will eventually be
disposed of to the environment.
rating**
Overall grade for category 1.3 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
Comments
1.4 Bounding the study: appropriate boundaries to the study area and time horizon are
identified.
1.4.1 The environment expected to be affected by the development is delimited with
the aid of suitable scale map(s).
rating**
1.4.2 The affected environment is defined broadly enough to include any potentially
significant effects occurring away from the immediate project site(s). These may
be caused by, for example, the dispersion of pollutants, off-site infrastructure
requirements, traffic, etc.
rating**
1.4.3 The time horizon of the study is long enough to account for delayed effects. rating
Overall grade for category 1.4 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
Comments
1.5 Baseline condition: an adequate description of the affected environment as it is
currently, and as it could be expected to develop if the project were not to proceed, is
presented.
1.5.1 The important components of the affected environments are adequately identified
and described. The methods and investigation undertaken for this purpose are
disclosed and are appropriate to the size and complexity of the assessment task.
An appropriate amount of fieldwork was done. Uncertainties are indicated.
rating**
1.5.2 Existing data sources were searched and, where relevant, used. These include
local authority records and studies carried out by, or on behalf of, government
and private sector organisations.
rating
1.5.3 Local land use and development plans were consulted and other data collected as
necessary to assist in the determination of the probable future state of the
environment, in the absence of the project, taking into account natural
fluctuations and human activities.
rating
Overall grade for category 1.5 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
Comments
Overall evaluation of Review Area 1 A B C D E F
Comments
ANNEX VII
Page 7 of 12
Review Area 2
Identification, Analysis and Assessment of Impacts
2.1 Identification of impacts: all potentially significant impacts are identified. Key
impact are also identified and the main investigation centred on these.
2.1.1 All important issues identified in the ESIA terms of reference are included in
the report. Deviations and exclusions are adequately accounted for.
rating**
2.1.2 Direct and indirect impacts are identified using a systematic methodology (e.g.
project-specific checklists, matrices, impact networks, expert judgment, extensive
consultations). A brief description of the impact identification methods is given
along with the rationale for using them.
rating**
2.1.3 Due attention is paid to environmentally sensitive areas, to off-site, time delayed
or recurring (e.g. seasonal) impacts and to cumulative or synergistic effects with
existing and anticipated developments.
rating
2.1.4 Consideration is not limited to effects which will occur under design operating
conditions. Where appropriate, impacts which might arise from non-standard
operating conditions, or due to accidents, are also included.
rating
2.1.5 All phases of the project are considered e.g. pre-construction, construction,
operation and decommissioning.
rating**
2.1.6 Key impacts were identified and selected for more intense investigation. The
scoping methods are described and their use justified.
rating**
Overall grade for category 2.1 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be
satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
Comments
2.2 Analysis of impact severity: the likely impacts of the development on the
environment are analysed and described in as precise terms as possible.
2.2.1 Impacts are analysed as the deviation from baseline conditions, i.e. the difference
between environmental conditions expected if the development were not to
proceed and those expected as a consequence of it.
rating**
2.2.2 The data used to estimate the severity of impacts is sufficient for the task and
clearly described. Any gaps in the required data are indicated and accounted for.
rating**
2.2.3 The methods used to predict impact severity are described and are appropriate to
the size and importance of the projected disturbance. The assumptions and
limitations of the methods are explicitly discussed.
rating**
2.2.4 Descriptions of impact severity encompass the appropriate characteristics of
impact (e.g. magnitude, areal extent, duration, frequency, reversibility, likelihood
of occurrence).
rating
2.2.5 Where possible, estimates of impacts are recorded in measurable quantities with
ranges and/or confidence limits as appropriate. Qualitative descriptions, where
necessary, are as fully defined as possible (e.g. 'minor' means not perceptible
from more than 1OOm distance).
rating
Overall grade for category 2.2 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be
satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
Comments
ANNEX VII
Page 8 of 12
2.3 Assessment of impact significance: the expected significance that the projected
impacts will have for society are adequately assessed. The sources of quality
standards plus the rationale, assumptions and value judgments used in assessing
significance are fully described.
2.3.1 The significance of all impacts which will remain after mitigation are described
and clearly distinguished from impact severity.
rating**
2.3.2 The significance of impacts is assessed using appropriate national and
international quality standards where available. Explicit account is taken of the
values placed on affected environmental features locally, nationally and (where
appropriate) internationally.
rating
2.3.3 The choice of standards, assumptions and value systems used to assess
significance are justified and the existence of opposing or contrary opinions
acknowledged.
rating
2.3.4 Wherever possible, economic values are attributed to environmental costs and
benefits.
rating
2.3.5 Individuals, groups, communities and government agencies affected by the
project are clearly identified.
rating**
Overall grade for category 2.3 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be
satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
Comments
Overall evaluation of Review Area 2 A B C D E F
Comments
ANNEX VII
Page 9 of 12
Review Area 3
Alternatives and Mitigation
3.1 Alternatives: project alternatives are considered. These are outlined, the
environmental implications of each presented and the reasons for their adoption or
rejection briefly discussed.
3.1.1 Alternative sites, processes, designs and operating conditions are considered
where these are practicable and available to the developer. The main
environmental advantages and disadvantages of these are discussed and the
reasons for the final choice given.
rating**
3.1.2 Where possible, alternative construction strategies (e.g. timing, local versus
imported labour) are considered and assessed for their environmental and socio-
economic implications.
rating
3.1.3 For public sector proposals, alternative means of achieving project goals are
considered (e.g. energy efficiency investments versus dams for energy supply). If
not, the report discusses why this was not done.
rating
Overall grade for category 3.1 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be
satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
Comments
3.2 Scope and effectiveness of mitigation measures: all significant adverse impacts are
considered for mitigation. Evidence is presented to show that proposed impact
management measures will be appropriate and effective.
3.2.1 Concerned stakeholders (e.g individuals, groups, communities, government
agencies) have been adequately consulted and their views accounted for in the
development of mitigation measures.
rating**
3.2.2 The mitigation of all significant adverse impacts is considered. Wherever
possible, specific mitigation measures are defined in practical terms (e.g. costs,
manpower, equipment and technology needs, timing).
rating**
3.2.3 Any residual or unmitigated impact are discussed and justification offered as to
why these impacts should not or cannot be mitigated.
rating
3.2.4 It is clear to what extent the mitigation methods will be effective. Where
effectiveness is uncertain or depends on assumptions about operating
procedures, climatic conditions, etc data is introduced to justify the acceptance of
these assumptions.
rating
3.2.5 An effective environmental monitoring and management plan is presented to
deal with expected; possible but uncertain; and unforeseen impacts caused by the
project. Training needs are identified. The costs of the programme are estimated.
Developer and government responsibilities are distinguished, reporting and
review procedures are specified.
rating**
Overall grade for category 3.2 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be
satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
Comments
3.3 Commitment to mitigation: the project proponent clearly expresses a commitment
to, and capability of, carrying out the mitigation measures.
Overall grade for category 3.3 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be
satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
ANNEX VII
Page 10 of 12
Comments
Overall evaluation of Review Area 3 A B C D E F
Comments
ANNEX VII
Page 11 of 12
Review Area 4
Communication
4.1 Public involvement: there were genuine and adequate consultations with concerned
project stakeholders to inform them of the project and its implications and to obtain
their views on key issues to be investigated and managed. The scope and results of
the public involvement program are adequately documented in the report.
Overall grade for category 4.1 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be
satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
Comments
4.2 Layout: the layout of the report enables the reader to find and assimilate information
easily and quickly. External data sources are acknowledged.
4.2.1 There is an introduction briefly describing the project, the aims of the
environmental assessment and how those aims are to be achieved.
rating
4.2.2 Information is logically arranged in sections or chapters and the whereabouts of
important data is indicated in a table of contents or index. Terms of reference and
data used in the assessment are included in appendices. The study team
members are identified.
rating**
4.2.3 When data, conclusions or quality standards from external source are introduced,
the original source is acknowledged at that point in the text. A full reference in
included in a footnote or in a list of references.
rating
Overall grade for category 4.2 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be
satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
Comments
4.3 Presentation: care is taken in the presentation of information to make sure that it is
accessible to the non-specialist.
4.3.1 Information is comprehensible to the non-specialist. Tables, graphs and other
graphics are used as appropriate. Unnecessarily technical or obscure language is
avoided. Technical terms, acronyms and initials are defined, either when first
introduced in the text or in a glossary.
rating**
4.3.2 The report is presented as an integrated whole. Data presented in appendices is
fully discussed in the main body of the text.
rating
Overall grade for category 4.3 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be satisfactory, if not, return Report to
proponent for revision)
Comments
ANNEX VII
Page 12 of 12
4.4 Emphasis: information is presented without bias and receives the emphasis
appropriate to its importance in the context of the project.
4.4.1 Prominence and emphasis is given to all potentially significant impacts, both
adverse and beneficial, in a balanced manner.
rating**
4.2.2 The statement is unbiased and does not lobby for any particular point of view. rating
Overall grade for category 4.4 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be satisfactory, if not, return Report to
proponent for revision)
Comments
4.5 Non-technical summary: there is an adequate non-technical summary outlining the
main conclusions and how they were reached.
4.5.1 There is an adequate non-technical summary of the analysis and main findings of
the study. Technical terms, lists of data and detailed explanations of scientific
reasoning are avoided.
rating**
4.5.2 The summary is comprehensive, containing at least a brief description of the
project and the environment, an account of the main impacts and mitigation
measures to be undertaken by the developer, and a description of any remaining
or residual impacts. A brief explanation of the methods by which information
and data were obtained, and an indication of the confidence that can be placed in
them, is also included.
rating
Overall grade for category 4.5 A B C D E F
(Note: Criteria marked ** must be rated A, B or C for the category to be
satisfactory, if not, return Report to proponent for revision)
Comments
Overall evaluation of Review Area 4 A B C D E F
Comments
ANNEX VIII
ESHS Criteria for
Evaluation of Bid Proposals
ANNEX VIII
Page 1 of 1
Environmental & Social Staffing and Methodology
High Risk Sub-Projects: The successful Bidder will be required to carry out the works in
accordance with the Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) included in the
approved Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) for the project. The ESIA for the
project is included as an attachment to the bid documents.
Moderate Risk Sub-Projects: The successful Bidder will be required to carry out the works in
accordance with a Site-Specific Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP), to be
prepared by the Contractor following Contract award, which shall be approved by the Engineer.
The Site-Specific ESMP shall be prepared following the Terms of Reference that will be
provided to the successful Bidder.
The Bidder shall demonstrate in a narrative section of its Technical Offer that it can successfully
manage the environmental and social risks associated with the implementation of the proposed
works, as follows:
Describe the proposed environmental and social staffing, roles and responsibilities, and
management structure; and describe the proposed approach to managing environmental and
social impacts during implementation of this project, including a description of the mitigation
measures that will be used and international environmental and social standards that may be
applicable. The bidder shall provide enough detail to demonstrate an understanding of the critical
environmental and social issues related to the project.
Health & Safety Staffing and Methodology
High Risk Sub-Projects: The successful Bidder will be required to carry out the works in
accordance with the health and safety measures included in the Environmental and Social
Management Plan (ESMP) that is part of the approved Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment (ESIA) for the project. The ESIA for the project is included as an attachment to the
bid documents.
Moderate Risk Sub-Projects: The successful Bidder will be required to carry out the works in
accordance with a Site-Specific Health and Safety Management Plan (HSMP), to be prepared by
the Contractor following Contract award, which shall be approved by the Engineer. The Site-
Specific HSMP shall be prepared following the Terms of Reference that will be provided to the
successful Bidder.
The Bidder shall demonstrate in a narrative section of its Technical Offer that it can successfully
manage the health and safety risks related to the implementation of the works, as follows:
Describe the proposed health and safety staffing, roles and responsibilities, and management
structure; and describe the proposed approach to managing health and safety impacts during
implementation of the works, including a summary of mitigation measures that will be used and
international health and safety standards that may be applicable. Provide enough detail to
demonstrate an understanding of the critical health and safety issues related to the project.
ANNEX IX
ESHS Conditions of
Particular Application
ANNEX IX
Page 1 of 2
I. Sub-Clause on Safety Procedures
High Risk Sub-Projects: The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with the health and
safety measures included in the Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) that is part
of the approved Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) for the project. The ESIA
for the project is included as an attachment to this Contract.
Moderate Risk Sub-Projects: The Contractor shall be responsible for the development and
implementation of, and compliance with, a Site-Specific Health and Safety Management Plan
(HSMP) based on the Terms of Reference provided. The Contractor shall submit the Site-
Specific HSMP to the Engineer within 45 days of the Letter of Acceptance for the approval of
the Engineer after consultation with the Employer.
The Contractor shall also implement directives issued as a result of periodic inspections to be
undertaken as part of the supervisory role required of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Employer within 48 hours or, as soon as reasonably
possible, after the occurrence of any accident which has resulted in damage or loss of property,
disability or loss of human life, or which has or which could reasonably be foreseen to have a
material impact on the environment and shall submit to the Engineer and Employer no later than
28 days after the occurrence of such an event, a summary report thereof.
II. Sub-Clause on Protection of the Environment
S High Risk Sub-Projects: The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with the ESMP
that is part of the approved Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) for the project.
The ESIA for the project is included as an attachment to this Contract.
Moderate Risk Sub-Projects: The Contractor shall develop and implement a Site-Specific
Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) based on the Terms of Reference provided.
The Contractor shall submit the site specific ESMP to the Engineer within 45 days of the letter of
acceptance for the approval of the Engineer after consultation with the Employer.
The Contractor shall ensure that its activities under this Contract are not likely to cause a
significant environmental, health, or safety hazard, understanding that the Contractor is not
responsible for the environmental and social impacts of the Works, to the extent that such
impacts result directly from completion of the Works as designed by the Employer.
The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all Subcontractor’s and Contractor’s
Personnel understand and operate in accordance with the principles and requirements of the
environmental and social management provisions of this Sub-Clause and that similar standards
apply to the Subcontractor’s environmental and social management system, and environmental
and social performance.
ANNEX IX
Page 2 of 2
The Contractor’s program shall demonstrate clearly the procedures and methods of working that
the Contractor and its Subcontractors will adopt to comply with the environmental and social
management requirements of this Sub-Clause.
The Contractor shall ensure the adequate disposal of construction and excavation wastes.
The Contractor shall restore the Site to original conditions or to a state as set out in the
Specifications after the completion of the Works.
III.
Sub-Clause on Health and Safety
The Contractor shall make its staff available to attend the HIV-AIDS awareness and prevention
program for the project, and shall undertake such other measures as are specified in the Contract
or instructed by the Engineer to reduce the risk of the transfer of the HIV virus between and
among the Contractor’s Personnel and the local community, to promote early diagnosis and to
assist affected individuals.
ANNEX X
ESHS Technical Specifications
for Construction
ANNEX X
Page 1 of 32
EP1 GENERAL
EP1.1 SCOPE
The general guidelines for construction set out general responsibilities to be followed for the duration of
construction stage.
EP1.2 MANDATE
This section applies to the Contractor and their employees to ensure management of the following issues is ensured.
Project personnel responsible for scheduling of construction activities also form part of this management process.
EP1.3 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
The following general requirements shall apply:
EP1.3.1 When night work is authorized by the Engineer or his Representative, the Contractor shall provide adequate
lighting where work is being executed at night and shall provide and install any additional lighting that the
Engineer may require in order to gain access to watch and supervise the Works and carry out any testing
and examination of materials.
EP1.3.2 The Contractor shall minimize the pollution of and disturbance to lands, roads and other places on and
around the Site. No trees or other vegetation shall be removed except to the extent necessary for the Works.
Vegetation removal shall be limited to within 3 m from edge of shoulder.
EP1.3.3 The Contractor shall ensure that access is provided to all properties adjacent to the Site for the duration of
the Contract.
EP1.3.4 The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions:
In connection with any rivers, streams, waterways, and drains, to prevent silting, flooding, erosion and
pollution of the water so as to adversely affect the quality or appearance or cause injury or death to
human, animal, fish or plant life.
In connection with underground water resources (including percolating water) to prevent any
interference with the supply to or abstraction from such sources and to prevent pollution, so as to
adversely affect the quality or quantity of groundwater.
EP1.3.5 The Contractor shall provide, maintain and remove on completion of construction, facilities to minimize
pollution due to the Contractor’s operations including, but not limited to, aggregate washing, concrete
mixing, grouting, etc.
EP1.3.6 The Contractor shall provide, maintain and remove on completion of construction, adequate fencing or
barriers around active zones of construction and all equipment/material staging areas, but without prejudice
to his obligations including maintenance of free access for the Employer, the Engineer, other contractors
and any other persons entitled to such access.
EP1.3.7 The Contractor shall be responsible for acquainting himself with and observing all current, applicable laws
and regulations.
ANNEX X
Page 2 of 32
EP1.3.8 The Contractor shall acquaint himself with the position of all existing services such as sewers, surface water
drains, cables for electricity, internet and telephone, telephone and lighting poles, water mains, and the like
before commencing any excavation or other work likely to affect the existing services.
EP1.3.9 The Contractor shall be held responsible for damage to existing works or services, and shall indemnify the
Employer and the Engineer against any claims in this respect (including consequential damages). The
Contractor shall be responsible for the reinstatement of the services so affected.
EP1.3.10 In all cases where such works or services are exposed, they shall be properly shored, hung up or otherwise
protected. Special care must be exercised in filling and compacting the ground under mains, cables, etc., so
to leave uncovered exposed water meters, stopcock boxes and similar items.
EP1.3.11 Notwithstanding the foregoing requirements and without reducing the Contractor’s responsibility, the
Contractor shall inform the Engineer immediately if any existing works or services are exposed, located or
damaged.
EP1.3.12 All costs that may be incurred by the Contractor as a result of programming and coordinating work to
enable any alterations to the services to be carried out and the cost of any safety precautions that shall be
deemed necessary due to the proximity of the Works to the power lines shall be at the Contractor’s
expense.
EP1.3.13 If instructed, upon completion of the contract and, after receiving approval in writing from the Engineer,
the Contractor shall take down and remove all structures forming part of his construction sites and/or
equipment/materials staging areas and shall arrange for the disconnection of the water supply, remove all
drains and culverts, backfill trenches, fill in all latrine pits, soakaways and other sewage disposal
excavations, with the exception of items and services that are required to revert to the ownership of the
Employer and shall restore the Site and all staging areas, as far as practicable, to its original condition and
leave it in a neat and tidy condition. Develop strategy for waste reuse, recycling and disposal.
ANNEX X
Page 3 of 32
EP2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR MATERIALS MANAGEMENT
EP2.1 SCOPE
This specification covers requirements for the handling, use and storage of fuels, lubricants and chemicals. Fuels and
lubricants have properties than can result in adverse environmental impacts if they are accidentally spilled or
improperly handled. The strategies to minimize occurrences of accidentally spillage of these substances are detailed
in this section.
EP2.2 APPLICATION
These specifications apply to all Personnel and Contractors involved in the transportation, handling, use and storage
of fuels and lubricants and chemicals during construction of the project. It also applies to all personnel who are
involved in the transportation, handling, use and clean up of potentially hazardous industrial compounds and
reagents. In addition, these specifications also apply to all personnel who are involved in the transportation,
handling, use and clean-up of potentially hazardous industrial compounds and reagents.
These specifications should be applied in concert with the following specifications:
EP2.2.1. Waste Management
EP2.2.2 Environmental Protection of Watercourses and Water bodies (including Erosion and Sediment Control
Measures)
EP2.2.3 Spill Contingency Plan
EP2.3 MANAGEMENT OF FUELS AND LUBRICANTS
Construction vehicles and equipment will require the handling and use of significant quantities of fuels and
lubricants over the course of the project. These can result in adverse environmental impacts (i.e., contamination) to
soil, groundwater and surface water if improperly handled or accidentally spilled.
EP2.3.1 In the event that refueling is to be carried out directly from mobile tanker trucks or from a truck carrying
a fuel tank. All transfer of fuel, including refueling, should be carried out in areas separated 30 m from
residential dwellings, schools and health facilities and 10 m away from the nearest watercourse, including
drains.
EP2.3.2 The following precautions will be implemented during refueling:
all containers, hoses, and nozzles are free of leaks;
all fuel nozzles have functional, automatic shutoff;
the operator can see and have access to both ends of the hose, or operators are stationed at both ends;
and
fuel remaining in the hose is returned to the mobile tanker or fuel storage facility.
EP2.3.3 Spent oils, lubricants and filters, etc. shall be collected and disposed of at an approved location.
EP2.3.4 Oil changes on the right-of-way are prohibited.
EP2.3.5 In the event that fuel storage areas are used, all fuel storage areas must be bermed and lined with an
impervious liner and, in accordance with applicable codes and regulations and shall have a volumetric
capacity of not less than the sum of:
1. The capacity of the largest fuel tank located in the containment areas; and,
2. 10% of the greater of the following:
a) the capacity of the largest fuel tank located in the containment area, or
b) the aggregate capacity of all other fuel tanks located in the containment area.
ANNEX X
Page 4 of 32
EP2.3.6 In the event that fuel transfer facilities are used, all fuel transfer facilities must be lined with an impervious
liner and bermed as necessary to contain accidental spillage in the transfer area.
EP2.3.7 In the event that fuel transfer facilities are used and if pipeline sections extend outside of the fuel storage
area, they must be clearly marked to identify the contents.
EP2.3.8 In the event that fuel storage facilities and fuel transfer facilities are used, all fuel storage and transfer
facilities shall be inspected and inventoried on a daily basis for potential leakage. Inspection reports shall
be prepared and all records retained by the Contractor.
EP2.3.9 In the event that such facilities are used, all active fuel storage and fuel transfer sites shall be inspected each
shift for the early detection of accidental spillage of hydrocarbon products.
EP2.3.10 A strategy for the reuse, recycling and/or disposal of hydrocarbon waste products shall be developed by
the Contractor of the outset of construction.
EP2.3.11 All materials management personnel shall be trained in the proper handling of fuels and lubricants.
EP2.3.12 Current and up-to-date Material Safety Data Sheets (from suppliers) shall be readily accessible at on-site
Office/Camp.
EP2.3.13 Adequate quantities and appropriate types of spill clean-up materials and equipment shall be maintained
on site or on mobile fuel trucks, and shall be readily available.
EP2.3.14 Spill clean-up kits and supplies shall be maintained and inspected by the Engineer’s Environmental
Inspector on a monthly basis to ensure that all materials are present in sufficient quantities.
EP2.3.15 Mock spill response exercises shall be conducted at the initiation of construction and every 6 months
thereafter, for the duration of construction.
EP2.3.16 Personnel shall be provided with periodic training for spill reporting, emergency response and spill clean-
up procedures.
EP2.3.17 For each incident the specified spill contingency plan shall be implemented (see EP6).
EP2.3.18 All spills must be reported to the regulatory authorities in accordance with the requirements of the spill
contingency plan (see EP6).
EP2.3.19 All spill sites shall be cleaned up using the most appropriate techniques for each specific situation.
Remediation strategies shall be reviewed with the Engineer, the Employer and regulatory authorities.
EP2.3.20 The Engineer’s Environmental Inspector shall randomly monitor fuel transfer and refueling activities to
ensure that the procedures are being properly adhered to. In addition, he shall monitor for signs of an
unreported spill and investigate the cause of the spill and take appropriate action.
EP2.4 MANAGEMENT OF CHEMICALS
Chemicals, reagents and industrial compounds that may be used during construction, include: liquid asphalt,
including tar and bitumen, cement, solvent cleaning compounds, and calcium for dust control. These materials have
properties that may result in adverse environmental impacts if they are spilled, improperly disposed of, or otherwise
mishandled.
The following strategies shall be implemented to minimize the potential for accidental release of industrial
compounds and reagents into the environment:
ANNEX X
Page 5 of 32
EP2.4.1 All personnel handling industrial compounds and reagents shall be properly trained.
EP2.4.2 All industrial compound and reagent storage facilities shall be inventoried and inspected by the Contractor
on a weekly basis for spillage and loss.
EP2.4.3 Current and up-to-date Material Safety Data Sheets (from suppliers) for all chemicals used on site shall be
located on site at various locations including staging areas.
EP2.4.4 All chemicals used during the construction phase shall be stored in approved containers in designated
storage areas.
EP2.4.5 Adequate quantities and appropriate types of spill clean-up materials and equipment shall be kept on site
and at each staging area at all times.
EP2.4.6 Spill clean-up kits and supplies (e.g., absorbent materials) shall be inspected by the Engineer Environmental
Inspector on a periodic basis to ensure materials are present in sufficient quantities to deal with potential
incidents involving the products described herein.
EP2.4.7 Personnel associated with the transportation, storage and use of the chemicals must be trained to respond to
incidents involving these products.
EP2.4.8 Mock spill clean-up exercises shall be conducted at the initiation of construction and every 6 months
thereafter for the duration of construction.
EP2.4.9 In the event of a spill, the specified spill contingency plan shall be implemented (refer to the Environmental
Management Plan and EP5).
EP2.4.10 All spills shall be reported to the appropriate regulatory authorities as specified by the spill contingency
plan.
EP2.4.11 All spills shall be properly contained and cleaned up in accordance with requirements of the specified
spills contingency plan. Remediation strategies shall be reviewed with the regulatory authorities as
specified.
EP2.4.12 The Engineer Environmental Inspector shall conduct regular inspections and inventories of all industrial
compound and reagent storage facilities and observe industrial compound and reagent handling practices on
a periodic basis. Operating procedures shall be adjusted to improve practices when improvements are
required.
ANNEX X
Page 6 of 32
EP3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR WASTE MANAGEMENT
EP3.1 SCOPE
These specifications cover requirements for handling and disposal of wastes generated during construction.
EP3.2 APPLICATION
These specifications apply to all Personnel and Contractors involved in the removal of materials or, otherwise
generation of waste as well as its disposal during construction. This includes: used pavement material removed as
part of the project (3.4); waste petroleum products (3.5); used engine oil filters (3.6); spent batteries (3.7); domestic
wastes (3.8); wastes generated during the disassembly of the staging areas (3.9) and other solid wastes (3.10).
These specifications should be applied together with other specifications, including the following:
EP3.2.1 Materials Management
EP3.2.2 Environmental Protection of Watercourses and Water bodies (including Erosion and Sediment Control
Measures)
EP3.2.3 Spill Contingency Plan
EP3.2.4 Grading
EP3.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT GENERAL
The following specification applies to all waste materials including scrap metal, abandoned vehicles and vehicle
parts:
EP3.3.1 All excess materials shall be managed so as to prevent their entry to water bodies and watercourses.
EP3.3.2 All stockpiles will be placed so as not to interfere with watercourses or surface drainage and shall not be
placed within 10 m of a watercourse or drain.
EP3.3.3 All waste stockpiles shall be removed within one month of initial placement.
EP3.3.4 The Contractor shall develop a strategy for the reuse, recycling and/or disposal of all waste materials
including waste hydrocarbon materials and scrap metal of all kinds at the outset of construction. The
strategy shall identify the types of materials that can be reused or recycled and shall specify the manner in
which these materials will be removed from the site. The strategy shall also specify those materials that are
to be disposed of and shall identify specific approved facilities where these materials shall be sent, and the
manner in which all such waste materials will be removed from the site.
EP3.4 USED BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT
Bituminous pavement may be removed for the laying of pipes, mains and sewer lines. Although widely used, asphalt
contains bitumen and should not be treated as inert product.
EP3.4.1 Following removal, bituminous pavement used may be stockpiled within the project area or designated
areas away from waterbodies and watercourses.
EP3.4.2 Used bituminous pavement shall not be stockpiled or otherwise stored within or in proximity to the water
table (i.e., 1 m above).
EP3.4.3 Stockpiled/used bituminous pavement should be disposed, re-used or (at the discretion of the Employer)
donated to an appropriate user within one month.
EP3.4.4 Bituminous pavement that has been removed can be re-used within the project area, for example, for
surfacing the shoulders to provide a hardened surface.
ANNEX X
Page 7 of 32
EP3.4.5 Where not required for the purposes of the project, used bituminous pavement should be properly disposed
of, or (at the discretion of the Employer) donated to local government authorities, under the agreement that
it will be used for surface uses and not be used for fill or otherwise exposed to the water table.
EP3.4.6 The Contractor shall store all used pavement materials in areas provided by him and approved by the
Engineer, for a period not to exceed one month.
EP3.4.7 Storage areas shall have a berm around the perimeter of the stockpile, using material other than that being
stored, to prevent erosion and sedimentation.
EP3.4.8 All stockpiles, waste material storage areas, etc. shall not be placed within 10 m of a river, watercourse or
drain.
EP3.5 WASTE PETROLEUM PRODUCTS
Waste petroleum products, in the form of used engine oil, diesel fuel, lubricants and solvents, will be generated at
the Project site. These wastes have properties that can result in adverse environmental impacts to terrestrial and
aquatic habitat, soil and the quality of surface waters and groundwater if they are improperly managed or disposed.
This section identifies the strategies for the recycling and disposal of waste petroleum products.
No formal arrangement exists at present for disposal or recycling of used engine oil and other lubricants, and oil
filters. On the other hand, amounts to be generated are relatively small, probably not exceeding 700 liters per year
(twice yearly oil change of 7 liters by 50 vehicles).
EP3.5.1 The Contractor shall develop a strategy for the reuse recycling and/or disposal of waste petroleum products
at the outset of construction with the objective of minimizing disposal. The strategy shall apply to all
personnel who are involved in servicing vehicles, handling fuel, using fuel and handling fuel, using fuel
and handling waste materials.
EP3.5.2 To minimize the generation of waste petroleum products requiring disposal:
Best practical pollution control principles and technologies should be employed in all areas of the
project operations;
Activities generating waste petroleum products should be reviewed on a regular basis to identify and
implement further waste reduction strategies where possible; and
Waste petroleum products should be reused or recycled on-site as appropriate or transported off-site
for commercial recycling purposes or disposal.
EP3.5.3 To effectively manage the disposal of waste petroleum products:
Sorting procedures should be communicated to all personnel;
Personnel assigned to handle waste materials should be properly trained;
Used engine oil, solvents and contaminated diesel should be stored in segregated, leakproof containers
and tanks at a designated staging area in accordance with specification EP2.3.5;
Waste engine oil, solvents and contaminated diesel containers should be fully and properly labeled in
accordance with regulatory requirements;
Waste petroleum products not suitable for reuse or recycling on-site should be disposed of at an
approved facility; and
The Contractor shall inspect all waste oil transfer and storage facilities regularly to ensure procedures
are being followed and to recommend improvements as appropriate.
EP3.5.4 The Engineer Environmental Inspector shall inspect on-site waste petroleum products handling practices
and the waste oil transfer and storage facility on a weekly basis. Operating procedures should be adjusted
as opportunities are identified to further improve waste oil handling and disposal practices.
ANNEX X
Page 8 of 32
EP3.5.5 The Contractor is required to collect all used oil and lubricants and store these in a leakproof container(s).
The Contractor will notify the Engineer of the storage location.
EP3.6 USED OIL FILTERS
A number of used engine oil filters will be generated along the Project Corridor. This section identifies the strategies
for the management and recycling of waste engine oil filters.
These specifications apply to all personnel who are involved in servicing vehicles and handling waste materials on-
site. It is recognized that servicing may be carried out at existing service stations and hence precludes the need for
on-site storage, etc.
EP3.6.1 Sorting procedures should be communicated to all personnel. Personnel assigned to handling waste
materials should be properly trained;
EP3.6.2 All oil filters should be collected and stored in segregated, leak-proof containers;
EP3.6.3 Full containers are to be stored at a designated staging area;
EP3.6.4 Any waste oil recovered on-site from used oil filters is to be managed in accordance with the strategies
contained in the Specifications listed above for EP3.3 and EP3.5.
EP3.6.5 The Engineer Environmental Inspector will inspect used engine oil filter handling practices and storage
facilities on a regular basis. Operating procedures should be adjusted to further improve used engine oil
filter handling practices as appropriate.
EP3.7 WASTE BATTERIES
Although generated in small quantities, waste batteries present a concern in terms of leakage of acid and
contaminants in the environment. Some waste batteries containing potentially hazardous components may be
generated at the Project Site. These types of batteries include lead acid batteries, rechargeable, alkaline and button
cells.
EP3.7.1 The management/storage/disposal of waste batteries shall be undertaken by all personnel consistent with the
strategy required in EP 3.3 and EP 3.5.
EP3.7.2 To effectively manage waste batteries generated at the Project Site:
Sorting procedures should be communicated to all personnel;
Personnel assigned to handle waste materials should be properly trained;
Lead acid and other batteries should be collected and stored at a designated staging area.
Waste batteries should be disposed of at an approved recycling or disposal facility;
EP3.7.3 The waste battery management strategies apply to all personnel who are involved in servicing vehicles,
equipment and handling waste batteries.
EP3.7.4 The Engineer Environmental Inspector shall inspect battery storage facilities and handling practices on a
regular basis. Operating procedures should be adjusted to further improve waste battery handling practices
as appropriate.
EP3.8 SOLID DOMESTIC WASTES
The effective management and disposal of solid, non-hazardous domestic wastes, including waste food, packaging,
office wastes, paper, etc., is essential to reduce the volumes of materials to be landfilled / incinerated. This section
ANNEX X
Page 9 of 32
identifies strategies for the management and disposal of solid domestic wastes. The domestic waste management
strategies apply to all personnel and visitors who are involved in the generation, storage, handling, transportation or
disposal of domestic waste materials.
EP3.8.1 Solid waste reuse, recycling, sorting and disposal procedures shall apply to all personnel and shall be
undertaken consistent with the waste management strategy to be developed by the contractor as required by
EP3.3.
EP3.8.2 The Contractor shall provide sufficient numbers of waste collection receptacles to prevent littering of
construction sites and staging areas.
EP3.8.3 All combustible, non-hazardous wastes including food wastes, packaging and paper products can be
incinerated at a location approved by the Employer and the Engineer.
EP3.8.4 Measures shall be taken to ensure that hazardous wastes are segregated from, and not incinerated with, the
more routine domestic wastes, and handled according to applicable procedures.
EP3.8.5 Ash residue from the incinerator shall be removed from the site for disposal at a designated landfills;
EP3.8.6 Non-combustible domestic waste shall be properly stored in designated containers and should be
periodically removed for disposal at a designated landfill site.
EP3.8.7 The Engineer Environmental Inspector shall monitor domestic waste handling practices on a regular basis.
Operating procedures should be adjusted to further improve waste minimization and waste handling
practices as appropriate.
EP3.9 DISASSEMBLY OF CONSTRUCTION SITE
EP3.9.1 Upon completion of construction, the Contractor shall demolish wholly or in part, remove and dispose of all
buildings, foundations, structures, pipe culverts, fences and any other obstructions that have not been
approved by the Employer to remain on-site, consistent with the waste management strategy to be
developed by the Contractor as required by EP3.3.
EP3.9.2 The Contractor’s waste management strategy shall specify the manner in which buildings, structures,
fences, etc. shall be demolished, and removed from the Site for reuse by the Contractor or other recipients
approved by the Employer, or for disposal at a designated landfill site.
EP3.9.3 A specific plan for dismantling and re-using or disposing of demolition materials shall be prepared by the
Contractor and submitted to the Engineer and the Employer for approval 60 days prior to initiation of
demolition activities. This plan shall be consistent with the waste management strategy prescribed by
EP3.3. In general, the plan should provide procedures to ensure: a) minimum disturbance is caused to the
occupants of adjacent buildings and properties and the general public, due to noise, dust, water, projectiles,
equipment or other causes; and b) no damage to vehicles or property.
The plan shall also include details of:
(a) The methods to be used in operating the following generic equipment or methods:
Pneumatic concrete breaker
Coring
Electric saw
Diamond wire sawing
Diamond drilling
Hydraulic bursting
Concrete crushing
Stitch drilling
Blasting
ANNEX X
Page 10 of 32
Cardhouse blasting
Thermic lance
“Others to be specified”
(b) The equipment to be used on site shall be listed together with any special precautions to be taken to
minimize noise, dust, damage, personal injury or other nuisance including:
The use of laminated saw blades
The use of tents and sound absorbing hoods and/or blankets
Protection against dust
Protection against projectiles
Protection against contamination and injury due to the use of chemicals, etc.
Protection of the remaining structure, finishes and personnel against water and the collection and
removal of water
The support of the part of the structure being removed and the structure to remain to prevent premature
collapse
The removal of debris from the site
(c) All concrete faces should be carefully trimmed back so as to leave a face free from sharp projections, loose
fragments or similar defects.
EP3.10 OTHER SOLID WASTES
The effective reuse, recycling and/or disposal of inert, non-hazardous solid wastes, including clean scrap steel,
concrete, timber, glass and tires, is essential to reduce the potential for liability and environmental contamination.
Both temporary and permanent disposal of construction waste materials must be considered. Due to their value as
fill or for construction, they will be in demand for these purposes, and individuals may come to construction sites to
remove them.
3.10.1 The Contractor shall identify materials to be reused and recycled and the manner in which these materials
shall be sorted and removed from the site, consistent with the waste management strategy to be developed
in accordance with EP3.3.
3.10.2 The Contractor shall identify waste materials to be disposed and shall identify the approved facility where
these materials will be sent and the manner in which they will be removed from the site, consistent with the
waste management strategy to be developed, consistent with EP3.3.
3.10.3 The waste management strategy shall specify that:
Waste sorting procedures should be communicated to all personnel.
Personnel handling solid wastes should be properly trained.
Hazardous wastes, if present, must be segregated from solid wastes;
An inventory should be maintained of the nature (type and mass) of solid waste to be disposed at a
landfill.
3.10.4 The Contractor shall consult with the Engineer and the Employer to identify suitable locations for waste
material temporary storage areas.
EP3.10.5 Timber waste products that are untreated may be used as firewood.
EP3.10.6 Structural steel waste produced from demolition of existing structures may be sold to scrap metal
merchants.
EP3.10.7 Concrete waste resulting from structural demolition may be recycled.
ANNEX X
Page 11 of 32
EP3.10.8 The Engineer Environment Inspector will monitor solid waste handling practices on a regular basis.
Operating procedures should be adjusted to improve the efficiency of solid waste handling practices when
improvements are required.
ANNEX X
Page 12 of 32
EP4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PROTECTION OF WATERCOURSES AND WATER BODIES
- INCLUDING EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES
EP4.1 SCOPE
These specifications cover the protection of watercourses during construction.
EP4.2 APPLICATION
These specifications apply to all Personnel and Contractors involved in the construction of the project, particularly
in proximity to watercourses or drains.
These specifications include erosion and sediment control and should be applied together with the following
specifications to provide protection of watercourses along the project corridor:
EP2 Materials Management
EP3 Waste Management
EP5 Dewatering
EP6 Spill Contingency Plan
EP8 Grading
EP4.3 PROTECTION OF WATERCOURSES AND WATERBODIES
EP4.3.1 The work shall be controlled to provide effective protection of watercourses and water bodies and
associated fish habitat.
EP4.3.2 The Contractor shall at his own expense take all necessary precautions to prevent damage due to erosion
and siltation during construction. Precautions will include temporary drainage berms, scour check dams,
riprap and the like. Waste material or stockpile material shall be dumped so as not to interfere dams with
streams, watercourses or any of the drainage works detailed by the Engineer, and shall not be planed within
10 m of a watercourse or drain.
EP4.3.3 Whenever such protection is found to be ineffective, the Contractor shall implement changes immediately
to the procedures and work practices to provide such protection.
EP4.3.4 No work shall be carried out in watercourses or waterbodies.
EP4.3.5 Construction vehicles and equipment are prohibited from entering into or crossing a watercourse or water
body.
EP4.3.6 Debris shall not be stored or disposed of within 10m of a watercourse or drain.
EP4.3.7 Construction equipment and vehicles shall be maintained in good operating order to minimize leakage.
EP4.3.8 Vehicle maintenance and refueling shall be conducted a minimum of 10 m from any watercourse.
EP4.3.9 The following procedures should be implemented prior to construction and maintained during construction,
where appropriate based on site conditions:
Retain existing vegetation where feasible by limiting clearing and grubbing operations to the
designated right-of-way and temporary workspace (not to exceed 3 m from the shoulder)
Limit the size of the disturbed area.
Limit duration of soil exposure.
Grade disturbed soils to stable grades to prevent slumping and to reduce revegetation time.
Retain existing vegetation, where feasible.
Limit slope length and gradient of disturbed areas.
ANNEX X
Page 13 of 32
Break and redirect flows to lower gradients.
Install erosion control measures where site-specific characteristics (e.g., erodible slopes) or
sensitivities (e.g., proximity to watercourses) indicate a need for such measures.
Maintain erosion control measures until erodible areas have been stabilized.
Bench slopes, as necessary, to reduce sheet erosion where benching is deemed beneficial.
Construct barriers or temporary rock flows checks or install equivalent erosion control measures (e.g.,
sand bags, berms, silt fencing), where required, to prevent the entry of sediment laden runoff into
watercourses or drains
Where sandbag barriers are constructed they must consist of three layers. The bottom layer shall
consist of three rows of bags; the middle layer shall consist of two rows of bags; and, the top row of
one row of bags. The sandbags shall be tightly butted against one another to avoid gaps. Where
installed on the ground, the bottom layer shall be placed within a 75-mm deep trench.
Where constructed, rock flow checks dams shall consist of geotextile and two lifts of rock. A first lift
of rock (approximately 450 mm in height) shall be piled across the ditch or channel. The upstream
slope of the flow check shall be a 1.5:1 maximum and the downstream shall be 4:1 maximum. A trench
(200 mm in width and 200 mm in dept) shall be excavated across the entire length of the upstream side
of the flow check. The geotextile shall be placed 300 mm into the trench, over the first lift of rock and
up the side-slopes of the ditch or channel to the fullest extent covered by the completed flow check.
The trench shall be backfilled to existing grade to hold the geotextile firmly in place. A second lift of
rock (minimum depth of 100 mm) shall be placed over the exposed geotextile and first lift of rock to
form a spillway (150-mm minimum depth) and anchor the geotextile. Rock check dams shall be
installed and maintained in place, without gaps and/or undermining.
All waste storage piles shall have a toe berm consisting of clean fill.
Silt fences, if deemed necessary, shall be installed to provide a high level of protection in
environmentally sensitive areas and in instances where soils are exposed within 10m of a watercourse.
Sediment accumulated by erosion control measures, shall be removed in a manner that avoids escape
to the downstream side of the control measure and avoids damage to the control measure. Sediment
shall be removed to the level of the grade prior to installation of the measure.
Removed sediment shall be managed as excess earth material.
Seeding, mulching, and/or hydro-seeding where conditions warrant.
EP4.3.10 Any damage to adjacent properties resulting from the Contractor’s failure to take necessary precautions
shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
ANNEX X
Page 14 of 32
EP5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEWATERING
EP5.1 SCOPE
These specifications cover the management of dewatering.
EP5.2 APPLICATION
These specifications apply to all Personnel and Contractors involved in the dewatering of the construction area.
This specification should be applied together with the following specification:
EP5.2 Environmental Protection of Watercourses and Water bodies (including Erosion and Sediment Control
Measures)
EP5.3 DEWATERING
The discharge of dewatering effluent can result in scouring and erosion at point of discharge as well as sediment
loading to watercourses and drains.
EP5.3.1 The Contractor shall keep the whole of the works free from water and shall provide all dams, cofferdams,
pumping, piling, shoring, temporary drains, sumps, etc., necessary for this purpose.
EP5.3.2 Significant volumes of dewatering effluent (i.e., greater than 50 gallons per minute) shall be discharged into
a “filter” bag, that is a geotechnical bag designed to retain or filter out sediment while gradually releasing
(e.g., leaking) the water.
EP5.3.3 If a dewatering bag is not available or practical, a dewatering trap shall be constructed of an excavated
basin, surrounded by a sediment barrier (refer to Specification No. EP3) and, if necessary, energy
dissipation at the outlet.
EP5.3.4 The dewatering trap shall have a minimum depth of 1 m below the existing ground surface and shall be
located a minimum of 10 m from a watercourse.
EP5.3.5 Once the dewatering trap is installed, the rate of dewatering shall not exceed the capacity of the dewatering
trap or, otherwise (i.e., less than 50 gallons per minute) create scour or erosion at point of discharge.
EP5.3.6 Dewatering of a minor nature should be conducted such that the outlet discharges behind sand bags or a
rock check dam, no closer than 10m from a watercourse.
EP5.3.7 Any damage to the Works or to adjacent properties resulting from the Contractor’s failure to take necessary
precautions shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
ANNEX X
Page 15 of 32
EP6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPILLS MANAGEMENT
EP6.1 SCOPE
These specifications provide procedures for management of spills that may occur during construction activities.
EP6.2 APPLICATION
These specifications apply to all Personnel and Contractors involved in the transportation, handling and use of
materials that represent a concern if a spill occurs. Specific Spill Management Plans are provided for:
Diesel Fuel (EP6.3) and Gasoline (EP6.4). Each Spill Management Plan consists of Dangers, Initial Spill Response,
Containment, Fire Response, Recovery and Disposal. Reporting requirements are also provided.
These specifications should be applied together with the following specifications:
EP2 Materials Management
EP3 Waste Management
EP4 Environmental Protection of Watercourses and Waterbodies (including Erosion and Sediment Control
Measures)
These specifications shall be incorporated by the Contractor into an Emergency Response Plan to be submitted to
the Engineer prior to construction.
EP6.3 ACTION PLAN FOR SPILL OF DIESEL FUEL
EP6.3.1 Dangers. Materials exhibiting one or more of the following characteristics are considered to represent a
high level of concern or dangers:
Flammable.
Slightly toxic by ingestion, highly toxic if aspirated.
Moderately toxic to fish and other aquatic organisms.
Harmful to waterfowl.
Float on Water
EP6.3.2 Initial Spill Response. The Contractor shall respond as follows:
Upon detection of a spill that cannot immediately and safely be contained and removed, notify the
police, the Fire Service, the Engineer and the Employer;
The source of the spill and the direction of flow shall be identified;
The type of material spilled shall be identified and actions specified to be safe for handling the material
shall be taken in an effort to stop the spill at source; if the material cannot be identified, the material
should be assumed to be dangerous and direct contact should not be made without prior consultation
with appropriate authorities;
Contain the spill with dyking, barricading or blocking flow by any means available, including the use
of available earthmoving equipment.
Use all available means to prevent the spill from reaching open water.
Ensure that unauthorized persons do not contact the spilled material;
Ensure that all sources of open flame and personal smoking materials are extinguished within a
minimum of 100 feet of the spill;
Ensure the health and safety of all personnel and animals in the immediate area; personnel not involved
in containment or clean-up activities should be kept away from the area and the area should be kept
clear of animals;
ANNEX X
Page 16 of 32
Provide all materials and undertake any actions necessary to ensure that employees, residents, the
traveling public, non-essential employees and animals are kept at a safe distance from the affected
area, and are provided safe access away from/around the affected area until the area is declared safe by
the appropriate authorities.
EP6.3.3 Containment. The Contractor shall consult with the Engineer to determine the most appropriate method of
containment, recovery and/or disposal. The following general procedures should be applied to contain the
spill:
When the spill is on land:
Excavate a trench or construct a berm downhill of the spill;
Line trench or berm with pvc/plastic if possible; alternately use absorbent pads;
Once contained the spill can be pumped to drums or to a storage tank;
Monitor for seepage and for spent absorbent;
Where absorbents are used, apply fresh absorbent from the downhill portion of the spill and progress
up to the source;
Place spent absorbent material in drums and seal until suitable disposal arrangements can be made;
Avoid continued work in the area until the site has been cleaned up;
Collect samples for material characterization and identification of an appropriate disposal method (in
consultation with the Engineer);
Stockpile excavated soil (for a period not to exceed 30 days unless directed otherwise by regulatory
authorities) and cover with a tarpaulin until a suitable disposal method has been prescribed.
When the spills in water:
Immediately seal off the source of the leak with a berm or ditch, preferably lined with pvc/plastic, to
minimize the volume of material that will enter the watercourse;
If available, an absorbent boom should be placed downstream of the spill entry point;
Once contained the spill can be pumped to drums or to a storage tank;
In still or slow moving water, absorbent pads can possibly be used, when available;
Avoid continued work in the area until the site has been cleaned up;
Collect samples for material characterization and identification of an appropriate disposal method (in
consultation with the Engineer,).
EP6.3.4 Fire Response includes the following measures:
Notify Engineer
Notify emergency response authorities (e.g., fire, police)
Use C02, dry chemical, foam, or water spray (fog).
Use fog streams to protect rescue team and trapped people.
Use water to cool surface of tanks
Divert the fuel to an open area and let it burn off under control.
If the fire is put out before all fuel is consumed, beware of re-ignition.
Contact with strong oxidizing agents (e.g., ammonium nitrate) may ignite the product, or cause it to
explode.
EP6.3.5 Recovery shall include the following measures:
Unburned fuel can be soaked up by sand, straw, peat moss, or by commercial absorbents (e.g.,
Graboil).
Once contained, if quantities permit, pump to drums or tank;
If necessary, contaminated soil shall be excavated.
Fuel entering the ground can be recovered by digging sumps or trenches and pumping from below the
water table.
ANNEX X
Page 17 of 32
Diesel fuel on a water surface shall be collected and recovered by booms, absorbents such as Graboil,
or collected by a liquid/solid vacuum cleaner.
EP6.3.6 Disposal:
Incineration may be utilized under controlled conditions (obtain permission from the Engineer)
Storage tanks and drums containing spilled material shall be stored by the Contractor in a safe and
secure/restricted area;
The Contractor is responsible for making all necessary arrangements and disposing of all stored
materials with approval of the appropriate authorities.
EP6.4 ACTION PLAN FOR SPILL OF GASOLINE
EP6.4.1 Dangers. Materials exhibiting one or more of the following characteristics are considered to represent a
high level of concern or danger:
Strong oxidizing agent, very reactive with other substances. keep isolated from other substances –
potential explosion hazard.
Moderately toxic to fish and other aquatic organisms.
Very soluble in water.
Supports combustion readily and may detonate if heated under confinement or if subjected to strong
shocks. It becomes more sensitive if mixed with or contaminated by organic matter.
When burning produces very toxic oxides of nitrogen.
EP6.4.2 Initial Spill Response. The Contractor shall respond as follows:
Upon detection of a spill that cannot immediately and safely be contained and removed, notify the
police, the Fire Service, the Engineer and the Employer. The Engineer and the Employer will notify
the authorities as appropriate;
The source of the spill and the direction of flow shall be identified.
The type of material spilled shall be identified and actions specified to be safe for handling the material
shall be taken in an effort to stop the spill at source; if the material cannot be identified, the material
should be assumed to be dangerous and direct contact should not be made without prior consultation
with appropriate authorities.
Contain the spill with dyking, barricading or blocking flow by any means available, including the use
of available earthmoving equipment.
Use all available means to prevent the spill from reaching open water.
Ensure that unauthorized persons do not contact the spilled material.
Ensure that all sources of open flame and personal smoking materials are extinguished within a
minimum of 100 feet of the spill.
Ensure the health and safety of all personnel and animals in the immediate area; personnel not involved
in containment or clean-up activities should be kept away from the area and the area should be kept
clear of animals.
Provide all materials and undertake any actions necessary to ensure that employees, residents, the
travelling public, non-essential employees and animals are kept at a safe distance from the affected
area, and are provided safe access away from/around the affected area until the area is declared safe by
the appropriate authorities.
EP6.4.3 Containment. The Contractor shall consult with the Engineer to determine the most appropriate method of
containment, recovery and/or disposal. The following general procedures should be applied to contain the
spill:
When the spill is on land:
Excavate a trench or construct a berm downhill of the spill;
Line trench or berm with pvc/plastic if possible; alternately use absorbent booms/pads;
ANNEX X
Page 18 of 32
Monitor for seepage and for spent absorbent;
Once contained, if quantities permit, pump to drums or tank;
Where absorbents are used, apply fresh absorbent from the downhill portion of the spill and progress up to
the source;
Avoid continued work in the area until the site has been cleaned up;
Place spent absorbent material in drums and seal until suitable disposal arrangements can be made;
Collect samples for material characterization and identification of an appropriate disposal method (in
consultation with the Engineer);
Stockpile excavated soil (for a period not to exceed 30 days unless directed otherwise by regulatory
authorities) and cover with a tarpaulin until a suitable disposal method has been prescribed.
When the spill is in water:
Immediately seal off the source of the leak with a berm or ditch, preferably lined with pvc/plastic, to
minimize the volume of material that will enter the watercourse;
If available, an absorbent boom should be placed downstream of the spill entry point;
Once contained the spill can be pumped to drums or to a storage tank;
In still or slow moving water, absorbent pads can possibly be used, when available;
Avoid continued work in the area until the site has been cleaned up;
Collect samples for material characterization and identification of an appropriate disposal method (in
consultation with the Engineer).
EP6.4.4 Fire Response includes the following measures:
Notify the Engineer
Notify emergency response authorities (e.g., fire, police)
For fires involving large quantities of ammonium nitrate, evacuate and do not attempt to fight fire.
For fire involving small quantities of ammonium nitrate, use large amounts of water to cool (C02, etc.,
not effective as NH4N03 contains oxygen in formula).
Presence of organic impurities can lower the temperature at which detonation occurs.
Use C02, dry chemical, foam, or water spray (fog).
Use fog streams to protect rescue team and trapped people.
Use water to cool surface of tanks.
Divert the diesel duel to an open area and let it burn off under control.
If the fire is put out before all diesel is consumed, beware of re-ignition.
EP6.4.5 Recovery shall include the following measures:
Unburned gasoline can be soaked up by sand, straw, peat moss, or by commercial absorbents (e.g.,
Graboil).
Once contained, if quantities permit, pump to drums or tank;
If necessary, contaminated soil shall be excavated.
Fuel entering the ground can be recovered by digging sumps or trenches and pumping from below the
water table.
Fuel on a water surface shall be collected and recovered by booms, absorbents such as Graboil, or
collected by a liquid/solid vacuum cleaner.
EP6.4.6 Disposal may include:
Storage tanks and drums containing spilled material shall be stored by the Contractor in a safe and
secure/restricted area;
The Contractor is responsible for making all necessary arrangements and disposing of all stored
materials with approval of the appropriate authorities.
Evaporation or incineration may be utilized under controlled circumstances (obtain permission from
the Engineer), if aspirated.
ANNEX X
Page 19 of 32
EP6.5 REPORTING
The Contractor shall prepare a written report within 48 hours of a spill detailing the events leading up to the spill, as
well as all actions taken to advise proper authorities, repair any damage, and recommend changes to construction
procedures to avoid a similar problem at another location. The report will be submitted to the Engineer. At
minimum, the report shall provide the following details:
date and time of the spill;
location of the spill and all affected areas;
material spilled and estimated quantity;
cause of the spill;
actions taken to terminate and contain the spill;
site clean-up measures taken;
persons notified; and
follow-up actions to be taken (e.g. samples sent for analysis, method of disposal, contractor hired,
monitoring required, etc.).
EP6.7 TRAINING AND SPILL EXERCISE
EP6.7.1 All members of the Spill Response Team shall be trained and familiar with the spill response resources,
including their location and access, the Spill Contingency Plan, the Emergency Response Plan and
appropriate spill response methodologies.
EP6.7.2 All personnel at the site shall be familiar with spill reporting requirements.
EP6.7.3 Fuel handling crews shall be fully trained in the safe operation of these facilities, spill prevention techniques
and initial spill response, and similarly the staff involved in process and wastewater systems shall be
trained in their safe operation of these systems.
EP6.7.4 The Contractor shall conduct a mock spill exercise at the beginning of construction and once every 6
months for the duration of Construction, to test the response of the Spill Response Team to fuel and other
spills.
EP6.7.5 A report shall be made by the Engineer Environmental Inspector noting the response time, personnel, and
any problems or deficiencies encountered. This report shall be used to evaluate the ability to respond to
spills and determine areas necessary for improvement.
ANNEX X
Page 20 of 32
EP7 SPECIFICATIONS FOR TOPSOIL PROTECTION
EP7.1 SCOPE
These specifications cover requirements for the stripping, stockpiling, placing and protection of topsoil.
EP7.2 APPLICATION
These specifications apply to all Personnel and Contractors involved in the construction of the project, including
those individuals involved in soil removal, stockpiling of topsoil and restoration following construction.
These specifications should be applied in concert with the following specifications:
EP3 Waste Management
EP4 Environmental Protection of Watercourses and Waterbodies (including Erosion and Sediment Control
Measures)
EP8 Grading
EP7.3 TOPSOIL PROTECTION
In addition to a valuable natural resource that should be maintained, topsoil is an essential component to the long-
term active or passive restoration of disturbed areas. Proper handling methods are required to maintain topsoil that
is removed during construction. In other areas, where topsoil is to be maintained in-place during construction,
measures are recommended to avoid undue compaction or rutting of topsoil during construction.
EP7.3.1 Where shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove topsoil. The depth
of the topsoil shall be as directed by the Engineer, but shall not exceed 200 mm.
EP7.3.2 Where directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, prior to removal of topsoil, excavate trial holes of a
depth sufficient to enable the Engineer to measure the depth of topsoil. Where topsoil is found to depths
greater than 200 mm, that portion below 200 mm shall, if required by the Engineer, be treated as fill or
spoil in accordance with the requirements of EP3.
EP7.3.3 Should the Contractor strip to depths greater than those instructed by the Engineer, then the Contractor shall
replace the material with fill material at the Contractor’s expense.
EP7.3.4 In areas where soil removal is required, topsoil shall be stripped and stockpiled separately in suitable areas
within the right-of-way or construction area.
EP7.3.5 Stockpiles shall be constructed neatly with uniform surfaces and, where required, the surface will be dished.
EP7.3.6 Where suitable areas are not available within the right-of-way or construction areas, the Contractor shall
provide suitable areas elsewhere.
EP7.3.7 Areas where topsoil is to be placed shall be fine graded to a uniform surface. It shall be free of all
vegetation and other debris, and free of stones, which would not be covered by the depth of topsoil of 50
mm.
EP7.3.8 Topsoil shall be spread to a uniform depth of 50 mm on designated areas.
EP7.3.9 Compaction and mixing of topsoil shall be minimized by working and moving soils only when they are in
dry condition.
EP7.3.10 In areas where soils are not to be removed, the grassed vegetative layer shall be maintained, where
possible, to protect the soils from compaction and erosion.
ANNEX X
Page 21 of 32
EP7.3.11 Where an excess of topsoil is generated, that is not required for restoration of the construction areas, this
excess topsoil should at the discretion of the Employer, be donated to the local governmental authorities for
their use or distribution to local landowners.
EP7.3.12 Removal of topsoil shall be measured by the cubic yard calculated as the product of the plan area
measured from cross-sections taken prior to site clearance and the vertical depth of topsoil instructed to be
removed.
ANNEX X
Page 22 of 32
EP8 SPECIFICATIONS FOR GRADING
EP8.1 SCOPE
These specifications cover requirements for grading, including earth and rock excavation and embankment,
construction, ditching, and the management of surplus and unsuitable materials.
EP8.2 APPLICATION
These specifications apply to all Personnel and Contractors involved in the grading of the right-of-way and
temporary work areas, including excavating, hauling, handling and placing, shaping compacting and trimming of
earth and excess materials.
These specifications should be applied together with the following specifications:
EP2 Materials Management
EP3 Waste Management
EP4 Environmental Protection of Watercourses and Waterbodies (including Erosion and Sediment Control
Measures)
EP5 Dewatering
EP7 Topsoil Protection
EP8.3 GRADING
In addition to providing erosion control, proper grading is required to provide short-term drainage during
construction and long term drainage during operation of the project. The following measures shall be adhered to
during construction.
EP8.3.1 Excess material shall be placed in piles from which it may be replaced into its original position. Such
material shall be stored in designated locations not within 10m of a watercourse or drain, and shall not be
placed in low areas such that it would impede drainage during construction.
EP8.3.2 Topsoil and subsoil shall be stripped and stockpiled separately to avoid mixing (See Specification EP7).
EP8.3.3 As much of the excavated materials as possible shall be used within the Contract limits, conforming to
standard right-of-way offsets.
EP8.3.4 When excavated material and excess material cannot be accommodated within the Contract limits, this
material shall be loaded and hauled to temporary storage areas identified and designed in consultation with
the Engineer, consistent with specification EP3.
EP8.3.5 All earth and rock grade surfaces shall on completion be shaped to the specified grades and cross section
within agreed upon tolerances.
EP8.3.6 Excavation operations shall be performed in such a manner as to avoid water saturation of foundation
material, and to avoid leaving undrained pockets in rock excavation by providing effective drainage during
all stages of the work.
EP8.3.7 In excavations below subgrade and in stripping operations where provision for surface drainage is
impracticable, backfill materials shall be placed as soon as practical following the excavation work.
EP8.3.8 Ditching required to provide drainage shall be completed in advance of construction.
ANNEX X
Page 23 of 32
EP9 SPECIFICATION FOR VEGETATION MANAGEMENT AND TREE PROTECTION
EP9.1 SCOPE
These specifications describe measures for vegetation removal. It also provides measures for vegetation identified
for protection.
EP9.2 APPLICATION
These specifications apply to all Personnel and Contractors involved in the removal of vegetation, as required,
during construction. It also applies to all Personnel and Contractors involved in the operation, maintenance or
storage of construction machinery and vehicles, or in the movement and storage of materials in the near or in the
vicinity of trees designated for protection.
EP9.3 VEGETATION REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL
Site clearance is defined as the clearing, grubbing, removal and disposal of all vegetation, grass, debris, bushes,
scrub, dense bush, trees, hedges, undergrowth, stumps, roots, shrubs, plants and the backfilling of holes left by the
removal of stumps and roots.
EP9.3.1 Where the Drawings and/or the Engineer instruct that site clearance is required, the entire area shall be
cleared and all materials shall become the property of the Contractor. The width and length over which site
clearance is to be carried out shall be as shown on the Drawings or as instructed by the Engineer.
EP9.3.2 The Contractor shall clear the area to the width necessary for construction purposes and to address existing
operational concerns, including:
passage of pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles;
provision of sight lines for vehicular traffic;
provision of a safe separation between the traveled section of the road and trees and larger vegetation;
and
maintenance of drainage and other road functions.
EP9.3.3 The Engineer may give instructions that specific vegetation shall not be removed during the site clearance
operation.
EP9.3.4 Site clearance shall be measured by the acre calculated as the plan area instructed by the Engineer to be
cleared.
EP9.3.5 Unless otherwise instructed, vegetation and perishable materials shall be disposed of by burning. Where
material or debris cannot be burnt, it shall be carted to designated spoil areas for removal consistent with
specification EP3.
EP9.3.6 If the Contractor clears the Site in advance of the main works such that grass or other vegetation re-grows
prior to the main Works commencing at any particular location, any further site clearance required shall be
at the Contractor’s expense.
EP9.4 TREE MANAGEMENT
Certain trees shrubs or groupings of trees or shrubs may merit protection and preservation because of a number of
characteristics, including: species type; rarity; size; age; aesthetics; wildlife habitat function, including provision of
species-wildlife habitat; and, the uniqueness of the ecological community. The following measures apply to such
specimens or groupings. These measures also apply to edge vegetation that do not present a concern with respect to
encroachment into the project right-of-way and that do not require removal.
ANNEX X
Page 24 of 32
EP9.4.1 Where trees or large shrubs have encroached into the right-of-way of the project and require removal,
stumps shall be removed as to not project above the ground and impede vehicular, pedestrian and non-
vehicular traffic.
EP9.4.2 Trees or shrubs outside the construction area, but within the right of way of utilities having a trunk girth of
more than 46 cm at a point 61 cm above the ground shall not be cut down without the prior approval of the
Engineer.
EP9.4.3 Where the Engineer instructs that site clearance is required, trees not designated to remain shall be uprooted
or cut down as near to ground level as possible, and shall be either burned or removed by the Contractor.
EP9.4.4 Stumps and tree roots shall be grubbed up and burned. All holes left by removal of stumps and roots shall
be backfilled with approved material compacted to 95% MDD (AASHTO T99) up to the existing ground
level or up to the foundation level if the area is in cut.
EP9.4.5 All fallen brush and trees, as well as overhanging branches, shall be removed from the right-of-way.
EP9.4.6 The Contractor’s operations shall not cause flooding or sediment deposits on areas where trees not
designated for removal are located.
EP9.4.7 Unless the contractor requires work within the dripline of trees not designated for removal, equipment shall
not be operated within the dripline area. When the contract requires work within the dripline of trees not
designated for removal, operation of equipment within the dripline area shall be kept to the minimum
necessary to perform the work required.
EP9.4.8 The Contractor’s operations shall not cause damage to the trunk or branches of trees not designated for
removal where necessary, fencing or barriers shall be provided for trunk protection (see EP9-4.10).
EP9.4.9 Equipment vehicles shall not be parked, repaired or refueled, construction materials shall not be stored, and
earth materials shall not be stockpiled within the dripline area of any tree not designated for removal.
EP9.4.10 Barriers for tree protection shall be erected prior to commencement of construction operations, at locations
specified in the contract, to provide a continuous barricade between trees and the area of work. The Barriers
shall be maintained erect and in good repair throughout the duration of construction operations, and shall be
removed upon completion of the work and disposed of outside the right-of-way.
EP9.4.11 The Barrier shall be placed at the dripline of trees or woodlot edges unless this is inadequate to provide a
1.5-m buffer zone between the Barrier and the limit of grading. The Barrier may be placed within the
dripline if necessary to provide a buffer zone of up to 1.5 m. Under no circumstances shall it be placed less
than 0.75 m from the circumference of the trunk. When the trunks of trees are less than 4.5 m apart, the
trees shall be considered a group, and the Barrier shall be placed to form a continuous barricade as
specified in the contract.
EP9.4.12 A Barrier is not required where an existing fence will serve the same purpose. At such locations, the
barrier shall terminate at the existing fence so that a continuous barricade is provided between the trees and
the area of work.
EP9.4.13 Specimen trees and trees safeguarded by barriers shall be repaired in accordance with this specification.
EP9.4.14 Within five calendar days of damage, branches 25 mm or greater in diameter that are broken as a result of
the Contractor’s operations shall be cut back cleanly at the break, or to within 10 mm of their base, if a
substantial portion of the branch is damage.
EP9.4.15 The Contractor may be required to prune roots that might otherwise be damaged by large excavating
equipment.
ANNEX X
Page 25 of 32
EP9.4.16 Roots 25 mm or larger in diameter that are exposed by the Contractor’s operations shall be cut back
cleanly to the soil surface within five calendar days of exposure.
EP9.4.17 Bark that is damaged by the Contractor’s operations shall be neatly trimmed back to uninjured bark,
without causing further injury, within five calendar days of damage.
ANNEX X
Page 26 of 32
EP10 VEHICULAR, NON-VEHICULAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
AND SAFETY
EP10.1 SCOPE
The strategies to minimize the potential for large scale traffic slowdown and any adverse effects on the environment,
while maintaining safety for all during the construction phase are detailed in this specification.
These specifications should be applied in concert with the following specifications:
EP6 Spill Contingency Plan
EP10.2 MANDATE
This section applies to all individuals who are responsible for the transport of equipment, materials, supplies or
personnel to and from the Project site during construction. Project personnel responsible for scheduling of
construction activities also form part of this management process.
EP10.3 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT AND SAFETY
To prevent unacceptable levels of traffic slowdown and to reduce the potential effects on various components of the
environment due to the construction activity, it is recommended that the following should be accomplished.
EP10.3.1 Construction shall be scheduled in phases.
EP10.3.2 Construction shall be carried out in such a manner to avoid unnecessary traffic bottlenecks.
EP10.3.3 The Contractor shall be required to construct and maintain temporary detour roads adjacent to
construction. Where the new construction is exactly on the existing alignment and diversions or deviations
are not possible, the Contractor will arrange the construction so as to maintain a single lane of controlled
traffic as necessary on any particular portion of the Works.
EP10.3.4 Manually operated “stop/go” signals, if used, shall be of the size and type approved by the Engineer and
radio equipped flagmen should be used at all detours. The cost of this traffic control for the period agreed
by the Engineer is the responsibility of the Contractor.
EP10.3.5 All schemes for the temporary control of traffic must be submitted to the Engineer for approval
beforehand. Depending on legal, environmental or any other considerations, the Engineer may refuse
approval to certain schemes involving diversions or deviations on or off the Site of the road Works and the
requirements for such measures must be decided as soon as possible after construction commences.
EP10.3.6 When required, the Contractor shall erect and maintain, all signs necessary for the proper direction and
control of traffic. All such signs shall conform to international standards and shall be approved by the
engineer before erection.
EP10.3.7 Road blocks/detours shall be installed and signed appropriately, where required, to direct traffic.
EP10.3.8 Safe access for non-motorized vehicles shall be provided through construction areas.
EP10.3.9 Safe access for pedestrian and non-vehicular traffic shall be provided through construction areas.
EP10.3.10 Pedestrian traffic shall be restricted to one side of the road (non-active work area) for safety.
EP10.3.11 Drivers assisting the construction process must hold a valid driver’s license, appropriate to the vehicle in
question, and have a good driving record.
ANNEX X
Page 27 of 32
EP10.3.12 Drivers assisting the construction process shall adhere to the speed limits posted along the length of the
roads.
EP10.3.13 Speed limits shall be reduced temporarily and marked accordingly, where required, to provide for the
safety of the drivers, pedestrians and workers.
EP10.3.14 Signs and road markers shall be installed to instruct and inform all drivers of local restrictions in a timely
and safe manner.
EP10.3.15 The Contractor shall furnish barricades or temporary fencing that may be required for the safety of the
public or the security of the Works as required by the Engineer, and erect such barricades or temporary
fencing at locations specified by the Engineer.
EP10.3.16 Gross vehicle weights for construction vehicles shall be limited according to road and bridge capacities.
EP10.3.17 Drivers assisting the construction process shall be instructed to be careful at all times, particularly when
carrying material whose spillage may be detrimental to the environment.
EP10.3.18 Such drivers shall also communicate the presence of traffic bottlenecks and the resulting time loss to the
site engineer; data generated from these reports can be used for traffic management plan revisions where
appropriate.
EP10.3.19 The Spill Contingency Plan shall be implemented, as required (Specification EP6).
EP10.3.20 Drivers assisting the construction process shall be trained to perform spill reporting and clean-up
procedures for minor spills.
EP10.3.21 Drivers assisting the construction process that demonstrate a lack of safety while driving shall be subject
to warning(s) or, as required, additional measures to ensure the continued safety of pedestrians, drivers and
workers.
EP10.3.22 The Engineer Environmental Inspector and the Contractor shall be in regular communication and shall
monitor the effects of construction on traffic pedestrians, and residents during the construction phase of the
project. Operating procedures shall be adjusted to address any unexpected adverse effects.
EP10.3.24 The Contractor shall consult with police force in the area regarding their requirements in the control of
traffic and other matters, and provide all assistance and facilities that may be required by such officials, in
the execution of their duties.
ANNEX X
Page 28 of 32
EP11 SPECIFICATIONS FOR HEALTH, SAFETY AND ACCIDENTS ON THE
CONSTRUCTION SITE
EP11.1 SCOPE
These specifications cover the guidelines for health, safety and accidents in construction sites.
EP11.2 APPLICATION
These specifications apply to all Personnel and Contractors involved in construction of the project. The Contractor
shall ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable and to the satisfactions of the Engineer, and the Employer, the health,
safety and welfare at work of his employees including those of this subcontractors and of all other persons on the
site.
EP11.3 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ACCIDENT PROCEDURES
In the execution of his contractual responsibilities, the contractor shall:
EP11.3.1 Ensure the provision and maintenance of Construction sites that are lighted, safe and without risks to
health.
EP11.3.2 Ensure the execution of suitable arrangements for ensuring safety and absence of risks to health in
connection with the use, handling, storage, transport and disposal of articles and substances.
EP11.3.3 Ensure the provision of protective clothing and equipment (including hard hats and hearing protection for
applicable activities), first aid stations with such personnel and equipment as are necessary and such
information, instruction training and supervision as are necessary to ensure the health and safety at work of
all persons employed on the Works in accordance with all applicable laws.
EP11.3.4 Designate as Safety Officer of one of the Contractor’s senior staff who shall have specific knowledge of
safety regulations and experience of safety precautions on similar works and who shall advise on all
matters affecting the safety of workmen and on measures to be taken to promote safety.
EP11.3.5 Ensure the provision and maintenance of access to all places on the Site in a condition that is safe and
without risk of injury.
EP11.3.6 Provide clean, sufficient and continuous supply of fresh water, both for construction of the Works and for
all related facilities at staging areas. He shall undertake all arrangements including pipelines and meters as
necessary for connecting to local water mains and the provision of pumps, storage tanks or water
conveyance where necessary, payment of all fees and water charges and the satisfactory removal of all such
arrangements and provisions on completion of the Works. The water shall be cleared of suspended solids
and free from any matter in quantities considered by the Engineer to be deleterious to the work or human
health. Water supplied to all the offices, laboratories and houses shall be wholesome and potable.
EP11.3.7 Provide and maintain adequate sanitation, refuse collection and disposal, complying with all applicable
laws and by-laws and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, for all sites and related facilities at staging areas.
EP11.3.8 Provide an adequate number of suitable latrines and other sanitary arrangements at sites and areas where
work is in progress.
EP11.3.9 Notify the Engineer and emergency response authorities (e.g., fire and police) of all personal injury
accidents that could result in lost work hours, and shall submit a report of the details to the Engineer and
the Employer as soon as possible after its occurrence.
ANNEX X
Page 29 of 32
EP12 SPECIFICATIONS RELATED TO DUST SUPPRESSION
The following dust suppression measures shall be implemented:
Stockpiles of sand and aggregate greater than 20 cubic meters for use in concrete manufacture shall be enclosed
on three sides, with walls extending above the pile and two (2) meters beyond the front of the piles.
Effective water sprays shall be used during the delivery and handling of all raw sand and aggregate, and other
similar materials, when dust is likely to be created and to dampen all stored materials during dry and windy
weather.
Areas within the Site where there is a regular movement of vehicles shall have an acceptable hard surface and
be kept clear of loose surface material.
Conveyor belts shall be fitted with wind-boards, and conveyor transfer points and hopper discharge areas shall
be enclosed to minimize dust emission. All conveyors carrying materials that have the potential to create dust
shall be totally enclosed and fitted with belt cleaners.
Cement and other such fine-grained materials delivered in bulk shall be stored in closed silos fitted with a high-
level alarm indicator. The high-level alarm indicators shall be interlocked with the filling line such that in the
event of the hopper approaching an overfull condition, an audible alarm will operate, and the pneumatic line to
the filling tanker will close.
Cement manufactured from dredging of off-shore coral reef resources will not be used in the Project.
All air vents on cement silos shall be fitted with suitable fabric filters provided with either shaking or pulse-air
cleaning mechanisms.
Weigh hoppers shall be vented to a suitable filter.
The filter bags in the cement silo dust collector must be thoroughly shaken after cement is blown into the silo to
ensure adequate dust collection for subsequent loading.
Adequate dust suppression including water tank trucks with spray bars.
Areas of reclamation shall be completed, including final compaction, as quickly as possible consistent with
good practice to limit the creation of wind-blown dust.
All non-bituminous /unsurfaced roads forming access to parts of the construction areas of the Site shall be kept
moist by spraying.
All vehicles, while parked on the Site, will be required to have their engines turned off.
All equipment and machinery on the Site will be checked at least weekly and make all necessary corrections
and or repairs to ensure compliance with safety and air pollution requirements.
All vehicles will be properly cleaned (bodies and tires are free of sand and mud) prior to leaving the site areas.
The necessary cleaning facilities will be provided on site to ensure that no water or debris from such cleaning
operations is deposited off-site.
All trucks used for transporting materials to and from the site will be covered with canvas tarpaulins, or other
acceptable type cover (which shall be properly secured) to prevent debris and/or materials from falling from or
being blown off the vehicle(s).
Construction walls will be provided in all locations where strong winds could cause the blowing of dust and
debris.
At any concrete batching plant or crushing plant being operated on the Site, the following conditions shall be
complied with:
Dust nuisance as a result of construction activities will be avoided. An air pollution control system
shall be installed and shall be operated whenever the plant is in operation.
Where dusty materials are being discharged to vehicles from a conveying system at a fixed transfer
point, a three-sided roofed enclosure with a flexible curtain across the entry shall be provided. Exhaust
fans shall be provided for this enclosure and vented to a suitable fabric filter system.
Any vehicles with an open load carrying area used for moving potentially dust-producing materials
shall have properly fitting side and tailboards. Materials having the potential to create dust shall not be
loaded to a level higher than the side and tail boards, and shall be covered by a clean tarpaulin in good
condition. The tarpaulin shall be properly secured and shall extend at least 300 mm over the edges of
the side and tailboards.
The concrete batching plant and crushing plant sites and ancillary areas will be frequently cleaned and
watered to minimize any dust emissions.
Dry mix batching shall be carried out in a totally enclosed area with exhaust to suitable fabric filters.
ANNEX X
Page 30 of 32
EP13 SPECIFICATIONS RELATED TO NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL
To avoid potential adverse noise and vibration impacts, the Contractor shall:
Provide prior notification to local authorities and the public of construction operations prior to commencing
works.
Repair any damage caused as the result of vibrations generated from or by the use of his equipment, plant, and
machinery.
Erect temporary noise barriers where schools are within 50 meters of construction activities.
Ensure that all exhaust systems will be maintained in good working order; properly designed engine enclosures
and intake silencers will be employed; and regular equipment maintenance will be undertaken.
Ensure that stationary equipment will be placed as far from sensitive zones as practical and is selected to
minimize objectionable noise impacts being provided with shielding mechanisms where possible.
Schedule operations to coincide with periods when people would least likely be affected; work hours and work
days will be limited to less noise-sensitive times. Hours-of-work will be approved by the site engineer having
due regard for possible noise disturbance to the local residents or other activities.
ANNEX X
Page 31 of 32
EP14 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PROTECTION OF HISTORIC AND CULTURAL
RESOURCES
To avoid potential adverse impacts to historic and cultural resources, if any, the Contractor shall:
Protect sites of known antiquities, historic and cultural resources by the placement of suitable fencing and
barriers;
The Contractor will consult with local authorities and appropriate agencies prior to construction works to
identify potential historic and cultural sites that may be affected by Project works.
Not locate construction camps within 500 meters from cultural resources.
Adhere to accepted international practice and all applicable historic and cultural preservation requirements of
the Government of Seychelles, including all appropriate local government entities
In the event of discoveries of cultural or historic artifacts (movable or immovable) in the course of the work, the
Contractor shall take all necessary measures to protect the findings and shall notify the Engineer and concerned
District-level and central government level representatives. If continuation of the work would endanger the
finding, project work shall be suspended until a solution for preservation of the artifacts is agreed upon.
ANNEX X
Page 32 of 32
EP15 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PROTECTION OF BORROW AREAS AND QUARRIES
The contractor shall ascertain that the owner of the quarry, from which construction materials shall be extracted,
has been granted the necessary permit or license of exploitation by the corresponding authority, municipal,
departmental or national (cite the law or regulation as the case may be).
The following mitigation measures shall be generally used to control erosion and other direct impacts at borrow
sites and quarries:
the topsoil organic layer, removed to uncover the quarry or borrow-pit, shall be piled up in storage at
an approved and convenient location, so that when the exploitation is finished, the organic topsoil shall
be reincorporated to its original location; in addition, cover gently sloping or flat borrow sites with
topsoil after termination of the use of the site;
shape contour embankments to slow down run-off;
landscape the faces of vertical rocky borrow sites in the process of exploitation; and
provide for conditions for good borrow site management practices in contracts with private site
operators.
The contractor shall prevent fill material from escaping beyond the embankment slope stakes by the
construction of toe ditches or by the erection of rock, boulder, earth or log barriers at the toes of embankments
or by other suitable means satisfactory to the engineer.
Sufficient work shall be performed on the top surface and side slopes of the embankments that they shall be left
in a neat and workman like condition and in close conformity with the lines and grades shown on the Drawings.
Wherever shown on the Drawings, the contractor shall perform the designated rounding at the top and bottom of
slopes and elsewhere as shown. The embankment shall be maintained in completed condition until final
acceptance.
Upon termination of the exploitation of a temporary quarry, the contractor shall re-shape the excavation to its
original superficial hydraulic characteristics, to the extent possible, sowing the area with grass (i.e., Vetiver,
Cus-Cus or Pangola) or other appropriate local vegetation whenever required.
The contractor shall not extract river run stone, gravel, sand or any other construction material from watercourse
beds. In exceptional cases, prior authorization from the engineer must be obtained, as well as the necessary
permit or license by the pertinent governmental authority.
The contractor shall not excavate borrow ditches or pits on flat lands subject to water stagnation and/or with
slow runoff drainage, and in proximity of villages or urban settlements. Whenever such exploitation becomes
necessary, in addition to the pertinent permits, the contractor must prepare, and present for approval of the
engineer, a drainage plan based on a topographic survey drawn up at a convenient scale.
Any measure applicable for the contractor shall automatically also apply to the subcontractor (i.e. quarry
operators) whenever relevant.
ANNEX XI
Environmental and Social
Compliance Report
ANNEX XI
Page 1 of 8
MINISTRY OF FINANCE, TRADE AND ECONOMIC PLANNING
(MFTEP)
Third South West Indian Ocean Fisheries Governance and Shared Growth
Project (SWIOFish3)
Project Implementation Unit (PIU)
Environmental and Social Compliance Report
I. INSTRUCTIONS
This Report aims to establish the level of environmental, social, health and safety compliance
during the construction phase of approved sub-projects classified as High Risk and Moderate
Risk, as a result of the application of the Environmental and Social Scoping step of the ESMF.
The completion of the Report requires a site visit by the PIU Environmental and Social Specialist
or Consultant A quarterly periodicity for site visits to each sub-project is suggested, which may
be increased or decreased based on the level of socio-environmental performance of each sub-
project.
Section II includes a table with a series of questions on Contractors and Engineers’ compliance
with environmental and social requirements, and on impacts detected during the field visit. As
applicable, check whether each non-compliance or impact is observed, and then provide a brief
narrative of the non-compliance or impact, the actions recommended to address each and, finally,
if applicable, the status of implementation of previously suggested actions to address the non-
compliance or impact. As applicable, supporting documentation and photographs should be
attached as evidence of the occurrence of the non-compliance or impact.
The table in Section II also includes details on the participants, the persons contacted and the
date of the site visit, as well as on the project inspected.
Section III contains a summary of the major non-compliances and impacts detected, and the
main recommended actions to address them, in order to prioritize the follow-up of those actions
in future oversight visits.
Section IV includes the attachments that support the determination of major non-compliances or
impacts.
ANNEX XI
Page 2 of 8
II. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL COMPLIANCE TABLE
Sub-Project Name/Code:____________________________________ Location:_______________________________________
Date of Site Visit:__________________________
Participants in Site Visit:________________________________________________________________________________
Name and job title of persons contacted:____________________________________________________________________
Name and contact information of community members contacted (if applicable):____________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
NOTE: A “YES” answer to any of the questions in the table below indicates a non-compliance or impact.
QUESTIONS
ANSWER BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF
IMPACT/NONCOMPLIANCE
(INCLUDE LOCATION OF
IMPACT)
RECOMMENDED
ACTIONS
FOLLOW-UP ON
IMPLEMENTATION OF
ACTIONS (IF
APPLICABLE)
YES NO
ORGANIZATION, REPORTING, TRAINING
AND PERMITTING REQUIREMENTS
Is the Contractor non-compliant with, as
applicable, any of the requirements for socio-
environmental management established in the
works contract and the ESMP (e.g., staffing,
management structure, equipment and other
material resources (e.g., office space, vehicles,
computers, field monitoring equipment, etc.), field
inspection instruments and procedures, etc.)?
(please specify)
Is the Contractor non-compliant with socio-
environmental reporting requirements? (please
specify)
Is the Contractor non-compliant with
environmental effects monitoring requirements
ANNEX XI
Page 3 of 8
(please specify)
Is the Contractor non-compliant with workers
environmental, health and safety training and
awareness requirements (please specify)
Is the Contractor non-compliant with the required
environmental permitting for the project (e.g.,
water abstraction, vegetation clearance, etc.)
(please specify)
Is the Contractor non-compliant with Seychellois
labor laws and international labor standards, in
particular in reference to right to receive just
compensation and benefits for work, prohibition of
forced and child labor, and prevention of sexual
harassment and discrimination in the work place on
the basis of gender, religion, social origin, etc.?
(please specify)
Is the Contractor failing to employ women or
reducing the number of female employees in
disproportionate numbers when compared to
dismissed men? (please specify)
Is the Engineer non-compliant with, as applicable,
any of the requirements for socio-environmental
management established in the
supervision/consultant contract and the ESMP
(e.g., staffing, management structures, field
supervision instruments and procedures, and
reporting requirements, etc.)? (please specify)
Is the Engineer non-compliant with socio-
environmental reporting requirements? (please
specify)
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACTS
Is there standing water on the site? If yes, is there
reason to believe the water has been standing
longer than 4 days?
(Standing water breeds insect disease vectors,
particularly mosquitoes. It takes 4 days for the
malaria‐bearing anopheles mosquito to hatch and
mature to its flying adult form)
Is there erosion from the cleared site or from
material stockpiles? Gullying on surrounding lands
ANNEX XI
Page 4 of 8
clearly caused by runoff from the site?
(In addition to permanently degrading the site
itself, erosion/ runoff from the site can degrade
nearby surface waters and damage adjoining lands)
Are fill, sand, and/or gravel being extracted from
waterways or ecologically sensitive areas?
(Extracting materials from streambeds and
wetlands degrades water quality, ruins critical
habitat, alters drainage and flow, and can create
standing water)
Is demolition debris or construction waste disposed
in the open?
(These wastes can pose physical hazards, such as
broken glass and rusty torn roofing sheets, and
toxic hazards, such as leaded paint, and can create
breeding habitat for disease vectors)
Are there fuel, oil, paint or chemical spills to
ground or streams?
(Such spills can contaminate soils, surface waters
and groundwater)
Is the site very dusty or noisy?
(Dust and noise can have negative impacts on the
health of workers and residents located closed to
construction site)
Are operation and maintenance of construction
plants inadequate and, hence, there is presence of
excessive noise, vibrations, fumes and particle
emissions?
Are sprinklers lacking or damaged in crushing
conveyors to spray mist/water on belts during
crushing operations to help control dust?
Are there excessive periods of interruption of
access to public transport, or residential,
commercial, health or institutional areas and
services due to inadequate implementation of
traffic control and safety measures during
construction?
Are there damages to public utilities and services
lines, mains or pipes, and extended periods of
interruption of services?
ANNEX XI
Page 5 of 8
Are quarries and borrow pits being operated in an
unsafe or environmentally unsustainable manner?
Is vegetation being cleared in areas beyond those
indicated in contract drawings?
Are there conflicts with local populations due to
resource use, in particular water?
Is there inadequate storage and utilization of top
soils?
Are there unresolved resettlement and
compensation issues?
Are there any manifestations of unintended or
unanticipated impacts? (please specify type of
impact and location)
HEALTH AND SAFETY IMPACTS
Is a well-marked site boundary absent and is an
actively controlled access not provided?
Are good housekeeping practices not in place, and
is the site not maintained in a generally orderly
condition?
Are safety signs missing—at minimum, to mark
site boundary, hardhat areas, explosion and toxic
hazards?
Is smoking allowed or not restricted to a designated
smoking area well away from flammable
materials?
Is First Aid kit missing on site, and there is no one
on site familiar with its use and trained in basic
first aid?
Drinking water and sanitary facilities are not
provided (or are not very close at hand), including
hand-wash station?
Is personal protective equipment (PPE) inadequate
or does it appear little-used
(PPE must be adequate and used consistently to
fulfill its intended function: helping protect
workers against injuries and disease)
Is scaffolding inadequate (i.e., not able to carry at
least 4 times its maximum intended load without
settling or displacement)?
ANNEX XI
Page 6 of 8
Is scaffolding inadequate (i.e., not on solid
footing—boxes, loose bricks and stones, etc.)?
Is scaffolding inadequate (i.e., does not have
guardrails, midrails and toeboards)?
Is scaffolding inadequate (i.e., not at least 3 meters
from any electric power line)?
Are scaffolding inspections insufficient (i.e., not
inspected each day by a competent manager)?
Is fall protection inadequate (i.e., there are no
guardrails or at least ropes near the edge of floors
and roofs where a drop is greater than 2 meters.
Where not possible, workers in these areas do not
wear a body harness and rope)?
Are trenches inadequate (i.e., spoils are not
maintained at least 1 meter back from edge of
trench)?
Are trenches inadequate (i.e., trench walls are not
shored or sloped back for any trench 1.75 meters or
deeper)?
Are trenches inadequate (i.e., for any trench 1.75
meters or deeper, there is not a means of exit
(ladder, stair, ramp) at least every 10 meters?
Is leaded paint or asbestos in any form used in new
construction?
Are painted surfaces being scraped or sanded?
(Paint containing lead is very common in Africa.
Scraping or sanding releases lead dust, a toxic
health hazard to workers)
Are asbestos roofing sheets, linoleum, fiberboard
ceiling or wall panels or pipe insulation being
removed/disturbed?
(Asbestos should be assumed to be present in all
these products. When disturbed, carcinogenic
asbestos fibers may be released)
For rehabilitation or demolition, the contractor
failed to check prior to commencing work whether
lead-based paint, asbestos (including roofing
sheets) and other toxics are present?
Source: Cabral, 2013, Annex XVI.
ANNEX XI
Page 7 of 8
III. MAJOR NON-COMPLIANCES AND IMPACTS, AND RECOMMENDED
ACTIONS FOR FOLLOW-UP
Based on the Environmental and Social Compliance Table, list in the table below the major non-
compliances and impacts detected, as well as the main actions recommended to address them.
This table will serve to prioritize the follow-up of those actions in future oversight visits.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF
IMPACT/NONCOMPLIANCE (INCLUDE
LOCATION OF IMPACT)
RECOMMENDED
ACTIONS
FOLLOW-UP ON
IMPLEMENTATION OF
ACTIONS (IF
APPLICABLE)
Report prepared by:
Signature: Date :
Name (print): Job Title:
ANNEX XI
Page 8 of 8
IV. ATTACHMENTS
ANNEX XII
EIA Process in Seychelles
ANNEX XII Page 1 of 4
EIA PROCESS IN SEYCHELLES1
1 Undated document provided by the Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change (MEECC).
Currently, the Environmental Assessment and Permit Section of the Department of Environment, instead of the
Wildlife Enforcement and Permits Division of the same Department, receives and reviews applications for
Environmental Authorizations.
Application
List the activity, the environment and the potentially significant impact and
submitted to the Wildlife Enforcement and Permits Division in the
Department of Environment (DOE)
Significant Issues
Class I EIA
No significant Issues
Class II EIA
Scoping Meeting/visit
Scoping report produced
DOE assesses report
DOE produces terms of
reference
EIA Report produced
DOE assesses EIA report
Public
Review
Turned Down:
further work
needed
Appraisal by
DOE
Approved with
conditions
Planning Authority Notified
Turned
Down:
further
work
needed
PCEI division completes
field checklist and
produces appraisal report
Approved
with
conditions
Project
Commences
Provisionally
refused
Planning
Authority
upholds
refusal
Appeal
Minister
Court
Overridden
by
Planning
Authority
ANNEX XII Page 2 of 4
Please note that the CLASS II EIAs do not require reports. They refer to smaller scale
applications such as dwelling house, fences and ancillary works etc. Such planning applications
are simply appraised by officers from relevant authorities. No consultants are needed.
Class I refers to prescribed projects which requires environmental authorization under the
Environment Protection Act
The EIA Process as undertaken by the Department of Environment
1. Advise proponent to appoint an EIA consultant
2. EIA Consultant/ proponent request a meeting with DOE to initiate EIA process.
Organise Scoping visit/ meeting for the proposed. Consult Director EIA, and decide on which of the
following sections/ units to be consulted. Members consulted will form part of the appraisal
committee for the project.
3. Site visit/ Meeting with Consultant
o Ensure attendance sheet is ready and used
o Explain the EIA process to consultant, hand over EIA process Sheet
o Explain the Scoping verification form to the consultant and hand over a copy to
consultant
o Give all DOE officers a copy of the scoping verification form, either by email or
hand, and stress on submission of form to the consultant. It is the responsibility of
the consultant to collect all scoping verification forms
4. Scoping list to Consultant
o Compile scoping list (see attached template Annex 4) and circulate to D, DG for
approval.
o Submit scoping list and cover letter for consultant to undertake the Scoping Report.
5. Request for Organization of Public Meeting
o As part of the scoping exercise, depending on the sensitivity of the project, a
consultant undertaking an EIA report may be requested to organize a public meeting
(see standard guidelines for organising public meeting Annex 5).
6. Submission of Scoping Report by Consultant
o Assess thoroughly the Scoping report and draft the Terms of Reference (TOR) based
on the report.
o Forward the draft TOR to Director for corrections.
o Forward the draft TOR to Environment officers (appraisal committee) who were
members of your scoping exercise. Visit /meeting or who submitted comments in the
scoping report. Give them 3 days as deadline for comments.
o Finalise TOR and seek approval from DG.
o Submit TOR with cover letter to Consultant within 2 weeks of submission of Scoping
report.
7. Submission of EIA report by consultant
ANNEX XII Page 3 of 4
o Preliminary review of the EIA report by DOE
Organise for members of the appraisal committee to receive a copy of the EIA
report, giving them 1 week for appraisal and deadline for submission of
comments via email.
Book meeting room
Send email to members (ensure you cc D, DG, and Secretaries) with the
following; the proposed, time and location of meeting and deadline for
confirming participation.
Follow up and compile comments in Memo Format and ensure copies are
available for all.
Ensure attendance sheet is ready and used.
Discuss EIA content and assess degree expected as per TOR. Determine
whether EIA report is fit to go on public inspection or further study is needed
o In the event that the appraisal committee feels that consultant should
carry out further study or submit additional information for the purpose of
ensuring that the EIA is accurate and exhaustive as possible, letter should
be forwarded to consultant outlining all issues to be submitted as
addendum to the report. On receipt of all the completed documents
organise an internal meeting with key members of the appraisal
committee who requested additional information, and determine whether
EIA report is fit to go on public inspection.
On determination of the report being satisfactory and determined fit to go on
public inspection an acknowledgement letter should be submitted to the
proponent/ consultant (see template attached annex 6). A response should be
submitted to the consultant/proponent within 56 days.
8. Public Inspection Period
o As per the Environment Protection (Impact Assessment) Regulations, 1996, the
submitted report has to undergo a public inspection period of two weeks. Organise a
notice for public inspection; the notice shall state the summary description of the
project or activity; the location where the project or activity is to be carried out; the
place where the EIA may be inspected; the period within which the EIA is open for
inspection (See attached Template- Annex 7).
o Draft Memo to EIC Section asking for assistance in making the necessary procedures
to have the notice published twice in the Seychelles Nation. The notice shall be
published in 2 issues of a local newspaper with an interval of not less than seven days
between the first and second publication (see template attached Annex 8).
o Draft Memo to EIC section asking for permission and assistance to place one copy of
the document for comments at Documentation Centre for viewing to ensure wider
participation of the public in the process (see template attached Annex 9).
o Draft and send letter to District Administrator, where the proposal is to be located,
asking for permission and assistance to place one copy of the document for comments
at their respective District Administration for viewing to ensure wider participation of
the public in the process (Annex10)
o Draft and send letter to National Library asking for permission and assistance to place
one copy of the document for comments at Victoria National Library for viewing to
ensure wider participation of the public in the process (see template attached Annex
11).
ANNEX XII Page 4 of 4
o Organise 3 complete sets of the report, booklets for each sets (Booklets should each
have Cover page (Annex 12), Instruction page (Annex 13) and comments page
(Annex 14), and place the sets at the National Library, District Administration and
Documentation Centre in time for the commencement of public inspection.
9. Public Meeting
o In the event that adverse public comments are received and request for further
consultations needed, onus is on the developer/consultant to coordinate and organize
for the Public Meeting called for during the public inspection process (see Annex 15).
10. Review comments from Public Inspection
o Where it is considered necessary by the Authority, the Authority may again refer
the E.I.A. to an Environmental Appraisal Committee to discuss comments made by
the Public.
Organise a meeting with members of the appraisal committee
Book meeting room
Send email members (ensure you cc D, DG, and Secretaries); with the
following; the proposed, time and location of meeting and deadline for
confirming participation.
Ensure attendance sheet is ready and used.
The appraisal committee shall examine the EIA along with the comments and
observations made by it, and any public comments that may have been received
and make its recommendations to the Authority.
The Authority may require the proponent of the project or activity to furnish
any additional information as may be required any time before granting the
environmental authorization for the project or activity.
11. Final Decision
o An environmental authorization granted for a project or activity may be subject to
such terms and conditions as may specify by the Authority.
Approves the EIA in respect of a project or activity it shall grant an
environmental authorization to the proponent of the project or activity; Draft a
Notice of Acceptance (NOA) for the proposed; additional information still
lacking in EIA report can be requested with strict deadlines, conditions most
applicable and for sensitive issues should also be outlined in Notice of
Acceptance.
o Once NOA has been submitted a full copy of the approved EIA report
should be given to Documentation Centre, Botanical Gardens for record
keeping.
Does not approve the EIA in respect of a project or activity, it shall refuse to
grant an environmental authorization to the proponent of the project or activity;
Draft and send a Notice of Refusal for the proposed outlining all issues for the
refusal.
12. Appeal
o Any person aggrieved by a decision given by the Authority under regulation 10(4)
may appeal to the Minister within 30 days from the date receipt of the decision or
order.